The estates, empires, & principallities of the world Represented by ye description of countries, maners of inhabitants, riches of prouinces, forces, gouernment, religion; and the princes that haue gouerned in euery estate. With the begin[n]ing of all militarie and religious orders. Translated out of French by Edw: Grimstone, sargeant at armes.

The Estate of the Church of Rome.

❧ OF THE ESTATE OF THE CHVRCH OF ROME. [ C]

The Contents.

1. THe limits and bounds of the Popes Estate: his countries and chiefe townes. And of the absolute power which he pretends ouer many realmes. 2. Descrip∣tion of the citie of Rome, the ordinarie seat of the Popes, and of the Antiquities, and first of the bridge of Saint Ange. 3. Of the Island Tiberine. Of the Py∣ramides, Colombes of admirable height, Thermes and Stoues, Antoniennes and others, Sepultures of Emperors, Theatres, Arches, Temples, and Porches. 4. The circuit of old Rome fiftie miles, [ D] at this day sixteene. 5. Of the gates of Rome, diuided in old time into fourteene regions, and at this day into thirteene, and what are the names, as well auncient as moderne. 6. The waies and mountaines which are comprehended within the circuit. 7. Taken and spotled seuen times, and by what Nations. 8. A particular description of the Popes countries and estates, and first of La∣tium, or Campania of Rome. 9. Of the Patrimonie of Saint Peter. 10. Of Vmbria and Sa∣bina, and their chiefe townes. 11. Of the Marquisat of Ancona. 12. Of Romania and the chiefe citie Rauenna, the seat of the Exarques of the Emperors of Constantinople. Of the begin∣ning of the Exarcat, and when it ended. 13. Of the Estate of Ferrara, the length, breadth, and confines. 14. Of the countie of Venisse, the townes and walled places, among the which Auig∣non. 15. Fertillitie of Italie, and the bountie of the soile of Campania, Vmbria, Ferrara, and [ E] namely of the fields and meadowes of Terny, which are mowed foure times a yeare. Of the terri∣torie of Rietti, whereas the grasse cut in the day growes as much the night following. 16. Bathes of all sorts at Tiuoli, and in other places. Mines of Allum at Stolf, the Salt pits of Ostia, &c. Flax of Fayence, Woad of Bologne, Manna of Saint Laurence in Campania, Wine of Sesene, Fayence, &c. 17. Of other things werewith the Estate of the Church of Rome abounds. 18. Of the defects, and first of the vnwholesome aire of the Campania of Rome. 19. Romanes in old time inclined to armes and learning, and their admirall frugalitie. Women and maidens forbidden to drinke wine. Of their ceremonies of marriage, and of their libells of repudiation. 20. Of their Obse∣quies and funeralls. 21. Of Crownes, Triumphes, and Ouations. 22. Of the solemne feasts of the auncient Romanes, &c. 23. Manners of the Romanes at this day mixt, by reason of the [ F] great frequentation of strangers. 24. Reuenues of the Pope, wherein it consists. 25. An ex∣act Calcul of the Popes reuenues and expences. 26. What the Pope giues to Cardinalls, and what he spends in other things. 27. What his Holinesse giues vnto his Noncios. 28. What he giues yearely to his guards, captaines, and men at armes. 29. Of the Forces of the Estate of the

[ A] Church; wherein they consist. 30. Of the fortification of Rome, made at diuers times. 31. Of the Sea forces of the Church. 32. Why the people faile in many parts of Italie. 33. Of the gouernement of the auncient Romans. Of the Senat instituted by Romulus, what it was before 〈…〉〈…〉 the Monarchie: and of their Magistrats. 34. Of the Popes gouernement, and first of the ••••••dge of Cardinalls, and their Consistorie. 35. Of the great Penitencier, and his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 36. Of the Court of Rome, with the two Audiences. 37. Of the Chancerie and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 38. Of the Apostolicke Chamber, to what end it was erected. 39. Of the Pretor or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Campidoglio, and his substitutes. 40. Of the Popes Vicar ouer Priests, and of twelue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of causes in the sacred Palace. 41. Of the creation of Popes, and assemblie of Cardinals. [] ••••▪ Of the superstitious religion of the auncient Romans. Of their Augures, and manner of di∣••••••••••g, and the institution of all their Priests. 43. A Catalogue and succession of the Popes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this day. 44. Of the institution of the three orders of Cardinalls, and their titles.

THis Estate (not comprehending Beneuent nor Auignon) is at this [ I] day greater than it was euer, since that Ferrara, Comachia, and Ro∣magnola, were added vnto it. It is aboue three hundred miles long, and neere a hundred broad. It containes the Countries of Ferrara, Bolognia, Romagnia, the Marquisat of Ancona, Vmbria, Sabina Perugia, with a part of Tuscany, the Patrimonie, Rome, [ C] Latium or Campania of Rome. And in this continent▪ they doe number aboue fiftie Bishoprickes, and neere a million and a halfe of persons. There is one towne of the first rancke of Italie, which is Rome; one of the second, which is Bo∣logne; and many of the third and fourth, the which are Ferrara, Peruse, Ascoli, Ancona, Forli ••••uenna, Ferme, Viterbe. There is in this Estate one of the foure Duchies institu∣ted b•• the Lombards, which is that of Spoletum. There is the greatest part of the Exar∣cat of Rauenna; then one of the Marquisats of Italie, which is Ancona. This Estate ex∣te••••s from one Sea vnto another: It hath vpon the Tyrrene or Tuscan Sea the Port of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Vecchia, and vpon the Adriatike that of Ancona and Commachia, and the mouthes of Po, and with little charge they might make a Port at Terracina, and at Nep∣tun. [ D] That countrie which going out of Rome bends towards the realme of Naples, is called the Campania of Rome, and in like manner that which is on the other side to∣wards Florence is called the Patrimonie; the Marquisat of Ancona is towards the realme of Naples; and Romagnia towards Ferrara, with the which Bolgnia doth also confine, and Vmbria lies in the middest. Besides those townes which we haue alreadie named, this Estate comprehends those of Rimini, Cesene, Fayence, Imola, Macerata, Camerin, Spolerum, Norcia, Rieti, Terni, Narni, Oruieto, Assisi, Foligno, Todi, with about thirtie others. Besides all this, it comprehends the Countie of Venisse, or of Auignon; and the towne of Beneuent in the realme of Naples. As for their temporall jurisdiction, the Pope pretends to be Soueraigne of the realmes of Naples and Sicile, of the duchies [ E] of Vrbin, Parma, and Messeran, and in former times they haue vniustly challenged ho∣mage for England and Ireland. But before I proceed, in my opinion it will be fit (for the [ II] contentment of the curious) to describe the Citie of Rome, the chiefe of that Estate, and the ordinarie aboad of Popes, and to make mention of her Antiquities, which some may desire: for that there are many which would be glad to be fully instructed of this Mistris Citie of the world.

To satisfie this desire, I will begin by the bridge of Saint Angelo, which the Aunci∣ents called Pons Elius. When you are vpon the bridge, looke downe, and you shall see within the riuer of Tybre some remainders of the triumphall bridge, by the which all the triumphs did in old time passe, going to the Capitall. Turning vpon the right hand you [ F] see the Castle, the which was properly the Sepulture of the Emperour Adrian, vpon the top whereof, there was a vessel or bowle of brasse guilt of an admirable greatnesse, the which stands at this day vncouered in the middest of Saint Peters Court. But before you part from Saint Peter, you may see Belueder, where there are many goodly Statues in the priuie Garden, and especially that renowned Laocoon, after the Modelle whereof,

that which is in the Gardens at Fontainebleau was made. And in Saint Peters place, is [ A] the Obeliske, which was sometimes behind the Church, and was brought thither with great charge by Sixtus the fift.

After this you must come behind to the Port of the holie Ghost, and being without it, you shall see on high, vpon the right hand, a certaine little Church called S. Onofrie, from which place vnto S. Peter Monitorio, you see the little Hill which the Auncients called Ianiculum, one of the seuen Mountaines of Rome, and the little Hill which is before S. Peter called Vatican, is also one of the seuen Mountaines. Looking from Saint Onofrie, vnto Saint Peter Monitorio downeward, you shall descouer the place where was the Circus or place for games of Iulius Caesar, the which was verie long and broad, [ B] as may be seene going vpon the Mountaine before the Port of S. Peter Monitorio.

Going thus streight on by the street which bends towards Ripa, you come vnto Saint Marie in Trasteuere, or beyond the riuer of Tybre, where there is at this day the Church to be seene which the Auncients called Tiberna meritoria, for that when as the souldi∣ers came maimed from the warres, they were entertained there all the rest of their liues. And before the great Altar the place is to be seene, where (as they say) did spring a foun∣taine of oyle at the birth of our Sauiour, and did run aboundantly a whole day.

Going still towards Ripa, whereas they sell wine, there are many goodly Gardens, Houses, and Churches to be seene, in the same place whereas in old time the Romans Arcenall or Storehouse for armes did stand, the greatnesse whereof may well be concei∣ued [ C] by the markes which yet remaine. And vpon the left hand also is an Island which [ III] the Ancients called Tyberine, wherein now are the Churches of S. Bartholomew, and S. Iohn, in the which remaine the Fatte benfratelli. There were two Temples in this Island, the one of Iupiter Licaonia, the other of Esculapius, whose figure was brought thither in forme of a Serpent. This Island hath the forme of a Ship, wide in the middest, and some quarter of a mile long, and narrow at either end. There are two bridges to come in∣to it, the one was called Pons Fabricius by the Auncients, for that Lucius Fabricius cau∣sed it to be made, and it is now called the bridge of the foure Heads. The other bridge which ioynes the Island to the riuer of Trasteuere is called Saint Bartholomews, of the Church which stands in the Island dedicated to that Apostle. It was in old time called [ D] Sextius, and Esquilinus.

After this, passing from the other side of the said Island, you go alwaies towards Tra∣steuere, by a street which they find at the foot of the bridge of the said Island, and going on streight, you come vnto a new bridge, the which is called at this day Saint Marie Egiptiaca, of a Church thereby dedicated to that Saint, and the Ancients called it Pons Senatorius At the foot of this bridge, you find a ruined Palace, the which according to the common opinion, was Pilats Palace. But the judicious say, That this was the Pa∣lace of Nicholas Renze, or of the Vrsins, as doth appeare at this day vpon one of the gates in two verses. Right against it is to be seene an auncient Temple of the Moone, and of the other side, that which was dedicated to the Sun. Hauing past them, you discouer a [ E] great peece of white Marble, the which is round, and within it like vnto a mans face, the which they commonly call the Mouth of truth, leaning against the Church of S. Marie in Cosmedin, called the Greeke Schole, whereas S. Augustine did read. After that, you come to the foot of Mont Auentin, neere vnto which are to be seene the ruines of a bridge in the riuer the which in old time was called Sublicius, the which Horatius C••cles defended against all the power of the Tuscans, who had defeated the Romans, and pur∣sued them to enter the Citie, but he stayed them by his valour, vntill the bridge was bro∣ken downe behind them, and then he leapt into the riuer, and saued himselfe by his skill in swimming.

Going vnder the said Mountaine neere the riuer of Tybre towards S. Paul, you may [ F] see vines vpon the right hand towards the riuer, in the which the Romans had one hun∣dred and fortie Storehouses, the which were verie great, as appeares by the ruines of those that are in the Vineyard of Iulio Caesarin. Hauing past this, you go still towards S. Paul, and find a verie goodly meadow, where as the Romans made their Olympicke

[ A] games, and in this meadow you see the mount called Testaceus made of broken pots; for that they say the Potters dwelt neere vnto it, and cast their broken pots and vessells vpon that place.

Looking towards the gate of Saint Paul, you shall see a very auncient Pyramede shut 〈…〉〈…〉 wall, the which they say was the sepulture of Sextius: and taking the way vpon th•• ••••ft hand of Saint Pauls gate it leades you to S. Gregorie, where passing Mont Auen∣•••••• ••ou see great ruines of buildings, and in this way there is a little riuer whereas the ••••••en do commotly, wash beneath Saint Gregorie; and here you must obserue it well, for that you are in that great Circus whereas they were wont to run with their coaches, [ B] and to make their nauall battailes for pleasure. There are also three rankes of high pil∣•••••••• to be seene one vpon another, the which they call Septizonium Seueri, or the seuen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or girdles of Seuerus.

A little aboue it, are the Thermes or Stoues of Anthonie, the which are wonderfull to behold: and on the other side, neere to Saint Balbina is to be seene the Churchyard of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and of Basil; but all is ruined. Going afterwards to the Church of Saint Sixtus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 straight way which goes to Saint Sebastian, you enter on the left hand into a little 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which leads to Saint Stephen the Round, or Rotundo, the which was in old time th•• ••••mple of Faunus: and afterwards you shall see certaine high wals the which they say 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beene part of the Aqueducts which went to the Capitoll, and in this place is Mont [ C] ••elius, which they passe vnto S. Iohn de Lateran, where you shall see the auncient buil∣ding beautified by the New, which was made by Sixtus the fift. Then you take your way to the holie Crosse in Ierusalem, where before the Church doore, you find a place in which was Venus Temple, whereas the curtizans of that time were wont yearely to ce∣lebrat their Feast on the twentieth of August: and some say that the Theatre which is in the Church of the holie Crosse, was that of Statilius Taurns, the which was great and faire as may be easily coniectured.

After this you must return towards old Rome, and take the way of Port Maior, which go•••• to Saint Marie Maior, so passing straight on, you shall find the Trophies of Marius, which are exceeding faire.

[ D] Comming afterwards towards Rome, you passe by Galiens Arch, the which is now called the Arch of S. Vite, and it is yet entire, where were tied the keys of Tiuoli vnder∣neath neere vnto the Inne. And thus you haue viewed one quarter of the citie.

To obserue the other part of Rome, you must beginne whereas you see behind the Church a great part of Augustus Sepulture, the which with the wood did extend vnto the Church of S. Marie del Popolo, and the Spire which lay in that street hath bin trans∣ported to S. Marie Maior to be set vp there.

The port which they now call del Popolo, or of the People, and which was called by the Auncients Flaminia, or Flumentana, is ioined to the Church del Popolo: this hath beene enlarged and beautified much by Pope Pius the fourth, who hath also repaired the [ E] way Flaminia, but you may consider it better whenas you shal go to the great vineyard of Iulio the third. Now you must returne backe towards the Trinitie, vnder the which was that great Circus of Augustus: and in the place whereas stands the Trinitie Church, going vnto Mont Cauallo, were (as they say) the goodly gardens of Salust. Going after∣wards towards Mont Quirinall, which at this day they cal Mont Cauallo, vnder the Car∣dinall of Ferrares vineyard, are to be seene c••rtaine ancient grots or caues, neere vnto the which the Romanes made their Florall games; and many curtizans and loose women liued in those caues; and vpon the place which may yet be seene, in the said Cardinalls vienyard there was an altar dedicated to Apollo.

[ F] Afterwards you enter into a little street which goes vp to Mont Cauallo, being there you shall see two horses of marble, sent out of Aegypt to Nero, whose pallace is neere vn∣to it: and on the other side is the Church which they say was sometimes the temple of the Sunne; but it is not true, for that it appeares vnto this day, that there was a secret way made vpon very goodly pillars, which came from his pallace, vnto a place called Oratorium Neronis or Neros Oratorie, where there is a great part of the Church yet

standing. Afterwards you must take the right hand way to the Bathes of Dioclesian, and [ A] on the left hand, where are the vines of the Cardinal of Ferrara, began the Stoues of the Emperour Constantine which did reach vnto Saint Susanna: and on the other side of these Stoues was the Senat of Matrons poore Widowes and Orphanes, where before the Romanes did enter, they did visit the Altar of Apollo, which was right against this place.

Then they come to the Stoues of Dioclesian, the which are such, as it seemes the like cannot be built, and some say there are caues vnder them, wherof the one goes to the Ca∣pitole, the other to S. Sebastian, and the third vnder Tiber to the Vatican.

After which, you shall see the street called Pia, the which was made so straight, long, [ B] and broad, by Pope Pius the fourth whose name it carries: there may you also see that admirable and pleasant vineyard of the Cardinal of Ferrara, as also that of Pope Sixtus the fift, with goodly buildings: and neere vnto it is the vineyard of the Cardinal of Car∣py, full of anticke and moderne things, which are very rare: and vpon the same way are many others which are faire, but not to be compared to the three former. At the end of this goodly street, there is a port answerable vnto it, the which was made by Pius the fourth, whose name also it carries.

From thence you may go vnto Saint Agnes, by the way called Nomentana, where you shall see a little auncient Temple very faire, the which they say had beene dedicated vnto Bacchus, and in like manner there is a tombe of Porphirie the greatest and fairest that [ C] can be seene. But returning to Dioclesians Stoues, which were dedicated by Pope Pius the fourth, to the honour of the Virgin Mary; you must take the way which goes to saint Mary Maior, & you shal find vnder that Church in the valley, a Church which they call Saint Potentienna, the which in old time was the Stoue called Nouatien: and vpon the top of the mountaine whereas now stands the Monasterie of Saint Laurence in Valis∣perne, were the Olimpicke Stoues, which did reach from one side vnto the other: and whereas the Church of Saint Mary Maior stands, the same was in old time the Temple of Isis, which the Romanes had in great veneration; and whereas the Chappell of S. Luke was (neere vnto Saint Maries Church downe to the bottome) they did behold the wood conscrated to Iuno the great goddesse of the Romanes, the which is at this day incorpora∣ted [ D] to the vineyard of Pope Sixtus.

Aboue it in the vineyard of S. Anthonie was that rich and admirable temple of Diana, whereas the Romanes made their sacrifices with great charge: on the other side whereas now stands the Church of S. Martin, was in old time the Temple of Mars, whom they held for the god of war. Hauing past the said Church, you come vnto a street which doth lead directly to S. Peter in Vincula, or in bonds: but leauing this street, and taking the first lane you shall find, you shall see an admirable house which the Emperor Titus made for his high priest.

Hauing seene this, you must descend by the first street, among the vines which leads to S. Clement, a conuent of religious men: then comming to that admirable TheatreVes∣pasian [ E] , called the Coliseus, you shall see a wondeful structure and masse of stones, for that ninetie thousand persons might sit and see these sights at ease.

Hauing past vnto the other side you shall see Constantins Arch, which is yet worth the viewing: and neere vnto it in the garden of the Monkes of Saint Mary the New, you shall see some remainders of the Temple of the god Serapis. And going on you shall passe Vespasians Arch, which they did erect for him whenas he returned in triumph from Ierusalem. Farther on, you shall see the Temple of Peace in a manner ruined: and right against it Mont Palatin, which they cal at this day the great Pallace, where there is a good∣ly vine of the Farneses.

Neere vnto this place was the Temple of Romulus, the which is conuerted into the [ F] Church of S. Cosmo and Damian; and ioining vnto it is the Temple of Marcus Aure∣lius, and of Faustina his wife, daughter to Antonius Pius, whose Pallace is behind the said Temple. Right against it, there was a goodly Temple dedicated to the godddesse Venus, the wich is now conuerted into a Church called Saint Maria Laberatrice dalle pene ••wordS; In∣ferno,

[ A] or which deliuers from the paines of hell. The three pillars which are seene in the middest of the field of Oxen, were, as they say, a bridge which went from the Capitole to the great Palace, and they say that the Lake of Curtius was in this place.

In the Church whereas you see a brasen doore neere to the Arch of Septimius, was (as they affirme) the Temple of Saturne, in the which the treasure of the people of Rome was kept; but it is now called S. Adrian.

The Arch whereof I spake, was made by Lucius Septimius Seuerus, and is verie faire. In a corner of the street you shal see a statue leaning, which they call Marforio. On the other side of the Arch, where there are three pillars to be seene, was the Temple of Concord: [ B] then are you come vnto the Capitole, at the foot whereof was the Temple of Iupiter, the which was neuer reedified since the Capitole was burnt. There was also neere vnto this Temple, that of Ceres, and vpon this place is to be seene at this day a Brasen man on horsebacke, the which is the Emperour Marcus Aurelius. From this place you may view the greatest part of all Rome, in a goodly prospectiue. But from thence you mustturne a little backward, to the foot of the backside of the Capitole, where you shall find certain deepe Cesternes made by the Romans to keepe their salt and corne, and these places were in old time called Horrea or Storehouses.

From thence you passe neere to S. Marie of Consolation, and not farre from thence you see the Arch of Beeues: and you may also see the Theater of Marcellus, which is [ C] now the Palace of the Sauelli, and in this Theater was the Temple of Pietie. Neere vnto it, going towards the Fish-Market, were the Porches of Octauia, sister to Augustus, but there are scarce any markes now remaining. And at the entrie of S. Ange, are the Por∣ches of Septimius Seuerus. Going afterwards vnto Campo di Fior, or the field of Flowers, you find the Palace of Vrsins, the which was in old time the Theater of Pompey, whose porch was behind. Neere vnto it is the good••y palace of Capi di Ferro, or Heads of yron, and beyond it is that of the Farneses, made with admi••able Architecture, and full of goodly Antiquities.

But to finish this Suruay of Rome, we must begin the third time at the field of Mars, or to speake better, at the place called Colonne, where you shall see the Pillar of Antonius [ D] Pius one hundred seuentie seuen foot high, with a Staire case within it, made like a Snaile, where there are one hundred and fortie steps, and six and fiftie windows. Hauing seene this, you must go to the place called Charre, and turne vpon the right hand being at the Spicerie, the which descends vnto the Vestall Virgins, a Temple in old time much estee∣med by the Romans, and now full of Orphants. Then must you returne by the same street, and go alwaies right on towards S. Marke, vntil you come vnto a place called Ma∣cello de Corui, where you shall see Traians Pillar, the which is one hundred twentie and three foot high, and hath a staire within it of 155 steps, and fiue and fortie windows.

Then returning backe, you see the Church of Minerua, which in old time carried the same name, but it was afterwards ruined, with another goodly building. But I had for∣gotten, [ E] that if you desire to see rare things as well for caruing as painting, being vpon Mont Citorio, you must aske for the house of Ierosme Garimbert, where you may see ma∣ny rare things.

Not farre from thence on the other side, is the Pantheon, at this day called Rotundo, a goodly ancient place built by Marcus Agrippa, and behind it whereas they sell Tables of wood, were sometimes the stoues of Agrippa. Behind S. Eustache were the stoues of Nero, which are partly in our Ladies palace: you shall see goodly remainders thereabouts. There is now a palace built by the Abbot Vento.

Hauing past our Ladies place, you enter into that of Nauone, whereas euerie Wednes∣day [ F] there is a Market kept; but the Romans made it for their playes and shews.

At the foot of this place, vnder the great palace of the Vrsins, is the Image of Pasquin: And these be all the Antiquities which are to be seene in Rome, the which I haue descri∣bed vnto you as well as I could: but before I leaue it I will add something more.

Rome contained in Romulus time Mont Capitolin and the Palatin, with the valleys which are in the middest, & with three ports; the first was called Trigonia, for the triangle

it made neere to the foot of Mont Palantin; the second Pandana, for that it was continu∣ally [ A] open, and it was also called Libra, for the commoditie of the entrie; the third Car∣mentale, of Carmenta, mother to Euander, who dwelt there, and it was called Scelerata, or Wretched, for the death of the 300 Fabiens which went out at that gate, and were all slaine in one day neere vnto the riuer of Aron. But by the ruine of the towne of Alba, and the peace betwixt the Sabins and the Romans, they began to augment the circuit of their towne, compassing in seuen Mountaines, as we find it at this day: so as in the time of the Emperour Claudius there were six hundred and thirtie towers, and 22000 porches. And as for the circuit of the walls, some Authors write, That it was of fiftie miles, others of two and thirtie, some of eight and twentie: but at this day, with the Trasteuere, and [ B] the suburbes of S. Peter, Rome hath but fifteene miles about, and some say but foure∣teene or thirteene, measuring it from Port to Port.

As for the Ports, there is a difference among Authors, as well in regard of the number, as the names: for some say thirtie, and others 24: but at this day there are but 18 open, which shut vp the seuen hills: and the whole Citie is diuided into seuen Regions.

[ V] The chiefe port is that of del Popolo, called in old time Flumentana, for that it was neere vnto the riuer of Tyber: it was also called Flaminia, because that via Flaminia past by it.

Pinciana, so called of Pinciano the Senator; it was also in old time called Collatina, of Collatia, a castle not farre from Rome. [ C]

The port Salaria, so called of the Salt which was brought from the Sabins to Rome: It had also the name of Quirinale, being neere vnto that Hill, and also Agonale: the Gaules entred by this port when they sackt Rome.

The port of S. Agnes, it was called in old time Viminalis, as some hold of the Temple of Iupiter Vimineo: it was also called Figulense, for that the Potters dwelt without the gate; and Numentana.

The port of S. Laurence, sometimes called Tyburtina, and also Taurina, by reason of a Bulls head which is yet to be seene vpon the forefront towards the East.

The port of Major, called by the Ancients Labicana, Prenestina, and Neuia, of a wood of that name neere vnto it. [ D]

The port of S. Iohn, called Celimontana of Mont Celio, Septimia, and Asinaria.

Port Latina, so called for that it was the way to Latium, and doth still retaine the name; it was sometimes called Florentina.

The port of S. Sebastian, it is so called for that they go that way to S. Sebastians Church without the Citie: it was also called Appia, of Appius the Censor, who made the way Appia out at this gate; Fontinale, of the aboundance of fountaines; and Ca∣pena, of a towne of that name, whereunto they went by this gate. The Horatij being conquerors entred by this gate.

The Port of S. Paul, it is the last of this side the riuer of Tyber, it was in old time cal∣led Tergemina. By this gate the Horatij went forth to fight with the Curiatij, whom [ E] they vanquished.

Beyond the riuer of Tyber is the Port de Ripa, called by the Ancients Portuense, for that by it they went to the Roman Port, built by Claudius.

The port of S. Pancratia, called in old time Aurelia, of the Emperour Aurelius, or as some say, of the way Aurelia.

Septimiana, so called of Septimius the Emperour, and repaired by Pope Alexander the sixt, and it was also called Fontinale.

Port Torrione, built by Pope Nicholas the fift, it was otherwise called Posterula.

The port of Pertusa, that of the holie Ghost, that of Belueder, and that of Cenello, sometimes called Anea. [ F]

[ VI] As for the chiefe waies, there were nine and twentie, and euery gate had his: but the most famous were first, the Appian way, which Appius Claudius the Censor caused to be paued from S. Sebastians gate to Capoua: Traian continued it to Brindes, and it was called the Queene of Wayes, for that in a manner all the triumphs passed that way.

The Flaminian way which Ca••us Flaminius (being Consul) caused to be paued from 〈…〉〈…〉 del Popolo vnto Rimini, and it was also called the Broad way, for that it went into the Capitole.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 was paued by Lepidus and Flaminius (Consuls) vnto Bolognia. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 began aboue the Collisee, and went to the Church of S. Luce in Orfee. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••cred way, began neere vnto the Arch of Constantine, & went vnto that of Titus, 〈…〉〈…〉 place of Rome, called Forum, vnto the Capitol.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 New way, went by the great Pallace vnto the Septizone, and so vnto Antonies 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Triumphall way went from the Vatican vnto the Capitole, Vespasian repaired it, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may see by an inscription of marble which is in the Capitole, before the Pallace of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Conseruators.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Vitellian way, went from Mount Ianiculum vnto the sea. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Straight way, was to the field of Mars.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 was built vpon seuen hills, the first and most famous was Mont, Capitoli••, or ••••••ian, and Saturnien, at this day called Campidoglio, or Capitole, vpon the which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were sixtie Temples, Chappells, or houses consecrated to the gods; and the most 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of these Temples was that of Iupiter, into the which they that came in triumph 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when it was ended, to giue thankes for the victorie which they had gotten. Mont 〈◊〉〈◊〉, at this day called Pallace Maior, or the great Pallace: it is disinhabited and ful of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••nd hath a mile in circuit. Romulus began the towne there, for that he was bred vp 〈◊〉〈◊〉 place: and Heliogabalus caused it to be paued with Porphirie.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Auentin, or Querquetulan which hath aboue two miles in circuit, is that wher∣on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••rch of saint Sabina stands.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Celio is that whereon are the Churches of saint Iohn and saint Paul, vnto saint 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Latran.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Esquilin, or Cespien, where are the Churches of saint Mary Maior, and saint 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Vincula.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Viminal, whereon stand the Churches of saint Laurence, and saint Potentienne. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Quirinal or Agonia, called at this day Mont Cauallo: these are the seuen hills 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rome stands on this side Tyber. Beyond the riuer or in Trasteuere is

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ianiculum, whereon saint Peter Montorio stands, and that of Pincia, on which is the Trinitie Church.

There are also other small hills, as the Vatican, whereon stands saint Peters Church 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Popes Pallace, the Citorie sometimes called the Citatorie, for that they did cite 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the ••••bes thither when they did assemble to make new Magistrates. That of the Hortu∣le•• ••••••ule Gardens, whereas Mont Pincia begins at the port Salaria, and goes vnto that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Popolo, and it was from this hill, that they which did affect and labour for any of∣••••es, descended into the field of Mars to demand them of the people.

[] A•• for the Regions, Rome had in former times fourteene, but there are at this day but ••hirteene: that of the Monts which hath for their armes three mountaines: that of Co∣••••••••, which hath a pillar: that of Trejo, three swords: S. Eustache, hath a Sauiour be∣twixt two hornes: that of Pont, hath a bridge: that of Regola, hath a stag: that of Ripa, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a wheele: Trasteuere, a Lions head: Campidoglio, a Dragons head: Parion, a 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Pigna, a vessell: Campo Marzo, or the Region of the field of Mars, hath for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ensigne the Moone: and S. Ange, an Angel.

This towne hath beene seuen times taken by diuers nations: three hundred sixtie and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yeares after it was built, it was taken by the Gaules Se••onois, vnder their captaine [ VII] [ F] 〈◊〉〈◊〉: the second, eight hundred yeares after it was taken by the Visigots: foure and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yeres after, the Vandales entred: and eighteene yeres after them the Erules: then 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yeres after, the Ostrogothes forced it: twelue yeres after, Totila made himselfe Ma••••••er thereof: and last of all in the yeare 1527, on the sixt of May, it was taken by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Emperor Charles the fift, being led by the duke of Bourbon. But notwith∣••••••••••ng that it hath beene so often ruined, and that they haue torne in peeces those rare

antiquities with all those proud buildings, yet if you looke vnto the statlinesse of Pal∣laces, Churches, and other buildings, the beautie of the streets, and the greatnesse of the [ A] citie, it will still shew it selfe to be Rome.

Let vs now see the rest of the state of the Church, seeing that we haue taken a suruay of the chiefe citie.

[ VIII] Latium or Campania of Rome is diuided into old and new: the old extends it selfe from the mouth of Tyber, vnto the mountaine of Circel, for the space of fiftie miles: the new, from Mont Circel to the riuer of Garillian entring into the realme of Naples. In old time this countrie was very well inhabited, and full of great and famous townes, which receiued their greatnesse by the neighbourhood of Rome, and were afterwards [ B] renowned by the courses & spoiles of the Barbarians. Rome stands in Latium. The other places are, Ostia, Ardea, Neptun, raised out of the ruines of Anze, Terracina; and with∣in the countrie Prenestina, Tiuoli, Anagnia, Fresolone, Veruli, Alatri, Bauco, and Segna. At this day, this countrie is diuided into three parts, that is to say Latium, Campania of Rome, & Maremma, which is the sea coast. The Estate of the Church ends at Terracina, against the which is Gayette the key of the realme of Naples.

[ IX] The Patrimonie of Saint Peter lest vnto the Church of Rome, by the countesse Ma∣thilda in the time of Pope Pescal in the yere 1100, stretcheth from the riuer of Pesche which falls into the sea, on this side Mont Argent••rius, and from Saint Quirice vnto Cepetan. Betwixt the riuers of Quiane and Tyber is the lake of Trasymenum, and be∣yond [ C] it is Peruse, a famous towne: and betwixt the riuer of Fiore and Tyber stands Piti∣glian, Aquapendente, Oruiete (famous for the scituation, for a Well, and the Cathedrall Church) Belsene with her lake, Montefiascon, Bagnaree, Castro, Nepe, Viterbe famous for the long residence of Popes whilest they were molested by the Senators of Rome; Orte, Gallese, Ciuita Castellana; and towards the sea, Cornette, Toscanelle, Ciuita Vec∣chia, Porto, Braccian vpon the lake of Sabbatin, Roncillon, Sutri, Martinan where was the towne of the Veiens.

[ X] Hauing past the Tyber, you enter into Vmbria, which goes at this day vnder the name of the duchie of Spoletum, and is for the most part shaddowed with the Apennine hills, by reason whereof it is called Vmbria. The chiefe townes are Borgo of S. Sepulchro, cite [ D] de Castello, Augubio, Todi (all vpon the riuer of Tyber) Terni, Spoletum, Norcia, Fo∣ligno, Assisi, Nocera, Camerin, and Amelia.

Sabina is a countrie compast in on either side by the Apennin: it is narrow, and long from Tyber vnto Lamentana. Others bound it betwixt the riuer of Negro and the Ap∣pennin, and betwixt Tyber and Teueron which parts the Sabins from the Equicoles. The chiefe places are Riete, Narni, Otricoli, Magliane, Farse, and Palumbare.

[ XI] The Marquisat of Ancona extends it selfe betwixt the Apennin and the sea, from Tro∣nee vnto Feuilla, or Foglia, and containes many good places, amongst which Fabrian is very famous, with eleuen Archbishopricks and Bishopricks. Amongst these townes that of greatest trafficke is Ancona, the most powerfull is Ferme, the strongest la Rocca, [ E] the fairest Ascoli, the fattest Iesi, the most auncient Osma, the most fauoured Macera••a, for that the Gouernor of the prouince remaines there, and Rota, but that which is estee∣med most holie is Loretta.

[ XII] Romagnia stretcheth from Foglia, vnto Panare, and from the Apennin vnto the ri∣uer of Po. The chiefe townes are Rimini, Cesena, Fayence, Rauenna, Forli, Imola, Sarsina, Ceruia, and Bertinora. Six miles from Fayence, is Brisiguelle, the chiefe of the valley of Lamon, the which is ten miles long, and six broad, hauing sixteene thousand Inhabitants. The noblest of all these townes is Rauenna, whereas some Emperors made their aboad, and then the Exarques or Gouernours for the Emperours of Constanti∣nople. And for that Histories make often mention of the Exarcat, I thinke it fit to speake [ F] something of the beginning, progresse, and end thereof. The Exarcat began after that Narses, Captaine to Iustinian and Iustin Emperours, had expelled the Gothes out of Italie: and the first Exarque (which is as much to say as a Soueraigne Magistrat) was ••••••gon, who making his aboad at Rauenna, as the kings of Gothes had done, changed

〈◊〉〈◊〉 manner of gouernement throughout the Prouinces, putting a Captaine into eue∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of importance; the like did he at Rome, displacing the Senat and Consulls. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was then of great power, but the Empire being a••terwards much ruined by the 〈…〉〈…〉, it was extinct. The Exarcat contained Rauenna, Sarcina, Classe, Forli, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••opoli, which townes made one Estate, and they called it Pentapoli: and with∣•••••• Esta••e, it contained Bolonia, Reggium, Modena, Parma, Plaisance, with other 〈…〉〈…〉 betwixt the Appennin Hills and the Po. It ended in the yeare 751, whenas 〈…〉〈…〉 of the Lombards, tooke Rauenna; so as it continued one hundred eightie 〈◊〉〈◊〉. And it is a thing worthie of consideration, that the Roman Emperours, espe∣•••••••• ••••••orius, then the Exarques, and last of all the kings of the Gothes, held Rauenna 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all the townes of Italie, worthie of their aboad.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 insolencie of the Exarques towards the Pope, was the cause that the Archbishop 〈◊〉〈◊〉 reuolted also against the Pope, in the time of Emerald: this rebellion conti∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the time of Pope Donne, as others say of Agaton, whenas the Archbishop Theo∣•••••• ••••••ting himselfe ill intreated by his Clergie, submitted his Church vnto the Pope. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••rouince (wherof we now treat) was first called Flaminia, but Charles the Great, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 guish the name of the Exarcat, and to make the people more affectionat to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rome, called it Romagnia.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 estate of Ferrara is great and commodious, for that comprehending Modena, [ XIII] 〈…〉〈…〉 beene lately dismembred, it is in length from the Adriaticke sea vnto the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 about one hundred and sixtie miles, and it hath in bredth about fiftie, from 〈…〉〈…〉 Magnauaca are nine miles, from Magnauaca to Yolane eighteene miles, 〈…〉〈…〉 to Gorre eighteen miles, and from Gorre to the Venetian confines six miles. 〈…〉〈…〉 side in Lombardie, it is from S. Ambrose, a place of the Boulonois coun∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnto Castelfranco fiue miles, from Modena to Reggium fifteene miles, from 〈…〉〈…〉 Bersel fifteene miles. It is broader in some places, and in others narrower. 〈…〉〈…〉 of Ferrara confines with those of Rauenna and Bolognia. This estate con∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with the Venetians by the Poliselle. The countie of Mirande confines with 〈…〉〈…〉 a castle belonging to Ferrara. The duke of Mantoua confines with Stellata. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ata and Reggium, which be mightie townes, there is Comachia in the mari∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Adriaticke sea, and many other castles in Romagnia, Graffignane in Tuscanie, 〈…〉〈…〉 Carpi, a place of importance, seated in the heart of this Estate. This place was 〈…〉〈…〉 the Emperour Charles the fift to duke Alphonso, for that pa••t which was fallen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Empire by the rebellion of Marck Pij the Lord thereof, and this duke obtayned 〈…〉〈…〉 Marck, giuing him the seigneurie of Saxole in exchange: but Lionel de Pij 〈…〉〈…〉 yeeld his part for any reasonable price or exchange, was expelled out of that 〈…〉〈…〉 held by this duke, with the Emperors permission, who then did lay in deposito 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ice thereof one hundred thousand crownes into the Banque of Venice, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••el would neuer accept. The towne of Ferrara hath in circuit six or seuen miles, 〈…〉〈…〉 goodly streets, honourable palaces, and a good number of Churches and Mona∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with a castle where the dukes did vsually abide. There is also an Vniuersitie, for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of students in all arts and sciences.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 countie of Venisse belongs vnto the Pope, and they doe number in it foure 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [ XIIII] is to say, Auignon, Ca••pentras, Cauaillon, and Veson, the which are bathed by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Rhosne, Durance, and Sorgue. Moreouer, there are eightie places that are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Auignon was bought by Clement the sixt, of Queene Ioane, daughter to Robert 〈…〉〈…〉, in the yeare of our Redemption 1352, but the countie of Venisse was consis∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 say) by the Apostacie of Count Raymond of Tolosa. The said towne of Auig∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••hose beginning there is no certaintie, hath in a manner all this of the number of [] 〈…〉〈…〉 seuen Parishes, seuen Hospitalls, seuen Conuents of religious men, and seuen of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, seuen Colledges, and seuen Gates. This Towne did win great reputation by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••ence which the Popes made there for the space of seuentie yeares, from Clement 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnto Gregorie the eleuenth.

¶ The Qualitie. [ A]

[ XV] THe Campagnia of Rome hath a verie good soyle which yeelds much, and is watred by many riuers, notwithstanding that there be some places which are rough and sto∣nie, yet are they not desart and vnfruitfull, but fit for pastures, and full of woods. Vmbria is a countrie verie well inhabited, and yeelds much, for there are some write, That a part of the Prouince is so fertil, as (omitting to speake of the rest) their cat••el haue two young ones at euerie time. The rest of this Estate is for the most part distinquished into plaines and little hills, which are verie fruitfull. All the territorie of Ferra••a displayes it selfe into [ B] goodly plaines, as also a good part of that of Bolognia, of Forli, of Rauenna, and Ro∣magnia.

Cornelius Tacitus commends the fertilitie of Italie, in the fields of Rieti, and Terni. Pl••nie writes, That the meadows of the territorie of Terni (which they may ouerflow) weremowed foure times a yeare, and those which could not be watred, thrice. But the bountie of this countrie may well be known by the greatnesse of their Turnups, and Ca∣badges. Plinie writes of the territorie of Rieti, That grasse being cut in the day, it grows so fast in the night, as the morning following a pole lying vpon the ground will be all co∣uered. The plaine which stretcheth from Spella vnto Spolerum, and is eighteen•• miles long, and foure broad, is full of come and fruit; and that which extends from Peruse [ C] vnto Assise and Tondi, and the fields of Viterbe, and of Rome, are no lesse fertile. After which, that part of Bolognia which drawes neere to the Appennin, and all Romagnia, are distinguished into little hills, plaines, and some valleis. The Marquisat, and the other parts of the Churches Estate, are so well scituated, as we may say, That this countrie con∣tends wherein it excells most, either for fertilitie or pleasure.

But the territories of Rimini, of Fano, of Ascoli (especially from the mouth of Tronto, vnto that of Asone) of Fermo, Peruse, & of Cornet, are exceeding delicat. They abound generally in come, wine, and oyle, and send forth great store, especially of wine and oyle. There are many Lakes, amongst which is that of Peruse, fuller of fish than any of the Lakes of Italie; that of Bolsene, Brassian of Vic, of Piediluco, of Subiago, of Foglian, and [ D] the little Lakes of Bassanel, of Monterose, of Baccan, of S. Praxeda, of Castel Gondolfe, and of Neme. The two principall riuers of Italie passe by this Estate in their greatest bredth, that is to say, the Po and Tyber. And besides these, there are many others, for that Tyber alone receiues seuen and twentie torrents or riuers.

[ XVI] There are baths of all sorts, at Tiuoli, Lamentana, Stiglian, Vicarel, Anticola, Viterbo, Potrette, and at Scarpette. There is a rich Myne of Alume at Stolse, store of Salt pans at Ostia, Ceruia, and Comachia, where is the greatest fishing for Eeles that is in Italie. There grows excellent Flax and aboundance at Fayence and Lugo; Hempe at Cento, Butrio, Pieue, and about Peruse. There is Woad in the territorie of Bolognia, of Castel-Bolonois, and of Forli. There comes also Manna at S. Laurence, a place in Campagnia. [ E]

I will not dilate much vpon the wines, but it shall suffice to say, That all Romagnia, Vmbria, the Patrimonie, Sabina, and the Campagnia of Rome, beare as good wines as can be drunke: and it were superfluous to make mention here of the wines of Cesene, Fayence, Rimini, Oruiete, Todi, Montesiascon, Abban, and of many others. Neither will I speake of the Grapes of Amelia, S. Gemini, and Narny.

[ XVII] What shall I say of other things, wherewith this Estate abounds? It doth breed Oxen which are great and strong, especially Romagnia, and Campagnia, and the flesh both of thei••veales and beeues is excellent sweet in tast, as also their swines flesh, especially that of the Mountaines. They haue great store of Venison, especially in the Campagnia of Rome, towards Sermoneta, Terracina, and Neptun, whereas they find wonderfull huge [ F] wild Boares.

The Campagnia of Rome hath races of horses, which yeeld little to them of the realme of Naples. They want no Forrests also, where there is great store of Acornes, and much good wood for building, and for many other necessarie vses.

In many places they haue quarries of good stone for buildings, among which those of 〈…〉〈…〉 (which they dig out and cut with great facilitie) carrie the price: and they do 〈…〉〈…〉 resist the weather, but they grow better and more firme with age.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Marquisat of Ancona hath plaines and valleys which are rich in oyle, corne, and 〈…〉〈…〉 countie of Venisse is also very pleasing, and yeelds much vnto the owners, 〈…〉〈…〉 of wines, the which are nothing inferiour in strength and aboundance of fruits, 〈…〉〈…〉 as good as can be found in any other place; the which may be seene in Auig∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••her fruits come from all parts, which are exceeding faire and good.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••eeing we haue sufficiently made knowne the good qualities of the Estate of the [ XVIII] 〈…〉〈…〉 it shall not be vnfit in my opinion to obserue the defects, to the end they may be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and preuented: you must therefore vnderstand, that there are six qualities re∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the perfection of an Estate, that is to say, bountie of the aire, aboundance of wa∣•••••• ••••••••ge, traffick of merchandise, safetie, and aboue all, store of inhabitants, for theron 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the greatest part of the rest.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 or the aire, we must confesse that the Estate of the Church is somewhat incom∣•••••••• and annoied; for that the part towards the sea, all the countrie of Cornet, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Campagnia of Rome, hath a troublesome and an vnwholesome aire; the which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the forrests, which couer the greatest part of the countrie along the sea 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the marishes: the which cannot be preuented but by cutting down the woods 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the land fit for tillage, and drying vp the marrishes, but especially in making 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••dings for habitation. For the territorie of Rome and Campagnia, are in a man∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any inhabitants, the Pesants growing sicke, not onely by reason of the bad 〈…〉〈…〉 of the ground, whereon they sleepe: and in like manner for the heat of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the coldnesse of the Moone; against which inconueniences they haue no o∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, nor remedie, but by their buildings, which may defend themform the bad 〈…〉〈…〉 of the aire, and the Southernlie winds. And although that it be a difficult 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it more easie than it seemes, if princes were as willingly drawne to make en∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the good of posteritie, as they are to those whereas they hope to reape a pre∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉. For why should not Anze, Ardea, Citta-Launia, and Asture, be healthfull at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 seeing the aire was not vnwholesome in former times?

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••ish of Pontin (where in old time there were foure and twentie townes) was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the most part and made labourable by Cethegus, and then by Theodoric king of 〈…〉〈…〉, but afterwards the fields were ouerflowen againe. Sixtus the fift had the same 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a little before his death, imploying not his treasure, but his authoritie, and by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the territorie of Sezza and Piperne were much enlarged; and the aire of Ter∣•••••••• much bettred, and in many places they haue made many goodly ponds. There 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other thing for this effect, but a continuation of labour and charge, with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may keepe cleane the channell of the riuer of Aufente, and the other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [] ••••••reas the water being gathered together runs towards the sea. And for that this ••••••••••tion of charge cannot be supported by priuat men, being only capable for them 〈…〉〈…〉 great wealth; therby it happens that the thing hauing bin hitherto in the hands 〈…〉〈…〉 persons, who dying, or wanting meanes, it hath not taken effect. The euent 〈…〉〈…〉 good, if they did charge the people of Rome, or some other neere communal∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ere rich, or some religion which had great meanes, as that of S. Benedict, with th•••• ••••••ke.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 countrie of Ferrara hath need of the like helpe: for in like manner they must 〈…〉〈…〉 passage to the waters of Aufente, to the end they do not drowne the terri∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Terracina, and those that are neere: also it is necessarie to make deeper the chan∣•••••• [ F] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 riuer of Po, which passeth beneath Ferrara, & to reduce it to the former estate, 〈…〉〈…〉 it may not drowne the countrie. The charge must not diuert them from this 〈◊〉〈◊〉, for that besides that no honorable action can be vndertaken without expence, 〈…〉〈…〉 reason doth allow that a merchant should run into great charge to make his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a prince should forbeare to better his Estate, for feare of expence: for that a

••rince without disbursing any thing of his owne, might bring this enterprise to a good [ A] ••nd, by his only authoritie, and the charge of priuat persons, or else of communalties.

I say the like of the spacious fields of the territorie of Rauenna, of Bagnacauallo, of Lugo, and of Bolognia, the which are drowned by the riuer of Paduse. Hercules the first Duke of Ferrera dried vp Samartina, Hippolytus, Piatois, the Rauode, and the Lamberts Pogge.

Alpho••so the second, duke of Ferrara leauing the profitable, for the pleasing, imploied at Mesola, the time and labour, which the communalties were bound to giue for the con∣taining of the riuer of Po within her bed, and to assure the fields from the inundations of this floud; he caused them to toile in the making of causies, digging of ditches, plan∣ting [ B] of woods and such like, which were appointed to keepe and maintaine the bankes of Po, vpon pretext that it was not necessarie. In the mean time the riuer did eat the banks, and carried away the causies; and many of the countrimen died at Mesola by reason of the bad aire: wherfore the countrie being depriued of the labour, yea & of the countri∣men themselues, it could not resist the violence of the riuer Po, the which hauing made irrepairable breaches in many places, it hath done more harme to the territories of Fer∣rara and Comachia, than can be valued: the which had not happened if Alphonso had im∣ployed that diligence about the riuer of Po, which he vsed at Mesola. It may be that Al∣phonso being out of hope, that the duchie of Ferrara should remaine in the house of Est, cared not to leaue it annoied, and damnified in so many places: yet I wonder that fore∣seeing [ C] this, he did not rather attempt to beautifie Modena, or Reggium, than to be∣stow such cost at Mesola.

But as for running waters, wheron tillage, and the fertilitie of the land doth partly de∣pend, although the Estate of the Church hath no want of riuers nor lakes, yet the terri∣torie of Rome might be much bettered, bringing the riuer of Teueron into the towne, the which Sixtus the fift had proiected. And it is said of Claudius the Emperour, that he brought the little riuer of Anien to Rome, with a new channell of stone, and diuided it into many goodly lakes: and by the meanes of this riuer, besides the good which this water would do vnto the land, and the commodities it would bring to the inhabitants, besides the facilitie it would adde to the conduct of victualls and other things, and be∣sides [ D] the profit it would bring to gardens, and to trafficke, it would also make the aire bet∣ter and more healthfull, as well for the freshnesse which the running water doth cause, as for the change of the aire which it doth make: for among other reasons of the bad aire, which makes the countrie neere vnto Rome inhabitable, they say, that the soile being made like vnto waues, the aire being kept in, betwixt the one and the other for want of agitation and passage, comes to be corrupted, like vnto a dead water; and the running wa∣ter of Teueron would preuent this mischiefe.

After all this, the commoditie of wa••er; and places should inuite men to build palla∣ces, mills, storehouses, and such like, and to plant ochards and woods vpon the bankes of the riuer; and all this would serue to make the aire more wholesome, or lesse offensiue, [ E] preserue the labourer and husbandman, and fill the land with fruits: this should be ac∣companied with another benefit of great importance, for that drawing the riuer of Te∣ueron beyond S. Paul, the inundation of Tyber (which hath beene so preiudiciall to the citie of Rome) should not be halfe so offensiue, for that it should want both the ordina∣rie, and extraordinarie water of the said Teueron, the which is not so little, but that it doth raise Tyber some faddomes.

We haue no cause to feare that drawing Teueron vnder S. Paul, the water of Tyber would loose her bountie, the which proceeds from the Sulphurous waters which are brought into it, by Teueron, from the fields of Tiuoli; for as physicke cannot helpe the indisposition of one member, but it shall hurt another: in like manner in ciuile affaires, [ F] we cannot prouide so safely, that if an action be beneficiall to one part, it shall not be preiudiciall to another; but it sufficeth of two mischiefes to auoide the greatest. We must adde hereunto that the waters of Tiuoli (drawne down by Teueron) are not neces∣sarie for the bountie of the water of Tyber, for that those which it brings are sufficient:

〈…〉〈…〉 of Noire, or Nere; besides, her waters whose colour doth plainly shew how 〈…〉〈…〉 they are, bring many other waters of diuers vertues, the which we see spring 〈…〉〈…〉 Na••••y in many places.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••clude this discourse, I say that the countrie about Rome, within thirtie miles 〈…〉〈…〉 is verie fertile, and doth yeeld aboundance of corne and cattell, as it would 〈…〉〈…〉, if the inhabitants, especially strangers, for their health, or rather for dain∣•••••• 〈…〉〈…〉 not more pleased with the wines which come from Corsegue, from the riuer 〈…〉〈…〉 and from France. But this countrie which is so fertile, is in a manner desolat, 〈…〉〈…〉 inhabitants, and for this cause, there goes yearely from diuers places, espe∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Lombardie, at the least fortie thousand labourers, to manure their grounds, 〈…〉〈…〉 in their haruest, and when all is done, they that are liuing, returne to their 〈…〉〈…〉 some corne; for that the greatest part of them doe commonly die, by reason 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••olent heat of the Sunne, or of the winds which come from the Sea, the which are 〈…〉〈…〉 pestilent, for that they bring with them aboundance of vapours from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by which they passe, not being hindered at this day by the woods, all which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 offensiue: but much lesse in the citie of Rome than in other places. So as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ntrie which did containe an infinit number of persons, remaines now emptie and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••nd the plaine which they call Romagnia, from Port Hercules beyond Terracina, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out one hundred and fiftie miles long, hath not aboue eight thousand inhabi∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

¶ The Manners of the Auncients.

〈…〉〈…〉 ••ans were borne to warre, and did much affect it, making little account (in [ XIX] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••nning) of learning: but in the end, hauing somewhat extended their Em∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at their ease, the greatest and richest amongst them embraced the scien∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 themselues wonderfully to learning. Yea they that led armies were verie 〈…〉〈…〉 it was not a thing vnworthie of a commaunder, and of a great familie, to haue 〈…〉〈…〉; but contrariwise, young men of the greatest houses of Rome, pleaded 〈…〉〈…〉 before the Senat, and gaue themselues to the knowledge of their lawes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ence; and to speake in a word, they sought to be perfect in all sciences, seeing 〈…〉〈…〉 tied one to another. In the beginning they were verie sober, they conten∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with verie little, and contemned great wealth; so as there had been some 〈…〉〈…〉 of the citie, as Valerius Publicola, whom they were forced to burie at the pub∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Others busied themselues to seeth Turnups in their little cottages, hauing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••ded armies: another held the plough when they came to tell him that he was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ator: and another, after he had beene Generall of an armie, demaunded leaue 〈…〉〈…〉 to take order for the tillage of two or three acres of land, and for other pet∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of his house. But hauing had the spoyles of many prouinces, and hauing tasted 〈…〉〈…〉 of strangers, they did so sauour it, as excesse, and dissolutenesse, crept in 〈…〉〈…〉 in such sort, as they did exceed all the nations of the world. Moreouer, aua∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 desire to get at what rate soeuer, did so possesse them, as they made no difficul∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thousand exactions in their prouinces, and to lend at vnreasonable interest; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 end, to banish and murther their fellow citizens, that they might enioy their 〈…〉〈…〉 ••hey that had the greatest reputation to be wisest, were most couetous, as we 〈…〉〈…〉 Seneca, who had foure or fiue hundred thousand crownes in England alone, for 〈…〉〈…〉 he got great interests. In the beginning they had no care but of the greatnesse 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Commonweale, but afterwards they were carried away with desire of their priuat 〈…〉〈…〉 which, all things declined, and the ambition of the citizens of Rome ouer∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Common-weale, and reduced it vnder the command of one alone. They tooke 〈…〉〈…〉 to see bloud spilt in those places which were appointed to that end, where∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Thracians or Myrmillons, and the Retiares did fight with all violence to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••entment to the people. Lyons and other wild beasts were not spared to please 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ple, who were so accustomed, and did so affect these spectacles, as he that would 〈◊〉〈◊〉 loues, had need of no other thing but to make a great preparation of sword-players,

beasts, commedians, tumblers, and such like: and whosoeuer had most, was best [ A] liked of the people. Moreouer, the greatest were alwaies accustomed to present vnto the people so many measures of corne, and of so much wine by the head, and to make a largesse of pieces of silue••, which they called Missillia. The fathers comming out of the towne, or not hauing gone out of their lodgings, kist their daughters, to find if they had drunke any wine, which they held to be verie dishonest among the Romans. They did not suffer their children to eat out of their houses, neither did they allow them to speake vnreuerently▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they sent them into Tuscany, to Athens, and Rhodes, to learne the arts and 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪ These children did neuer shew themselues in publicke, vntill they were ten yeres old and then they went to be inrolled in the Tribes. Then they shewed them∣selues [ B] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the age of seuenteene yeares, whenas they left the Pretext or garment of childhood and tooke the Virile robe, and hauing taken it, euerie young man went con∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 an old, doing him much honour; and whenas the Senat did assemble, these young men did accompanie vnto the Court some one of the Senators, their kinsmen or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to their fathers, and did attend him vntill he came forth, and conduct him to his lodging. As for their marriages, they were accustomed to adorne the wife which went to be married, after this manner: first they gaue her a key in her hand, they put vpon her 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a dart which had slaine a fencer, they put a girdle about her made of sheeps woll, which the husband did afterwards vndoe vpon the bed: she did carrie vpon her head vn∣der her vaile, which was called Flammeum, a garland of Verueine mixt with other [ C] hearbes, and they did make her sit vpon a sheeps skinne: and when she went to find her husband, she was accompanied by three children, which should haue both father and mother: one of them carried a torch burning before her, made of White thorne (for that these ceremonies were done in the night) and the other two went of either side. They did also ••et before her a distaffe couered with flax, with a spindle full of threed, and after∣wards they made her touch both fire and water. They did not light aboue fiue tor∣ches at the marriage, which the Aediles were wont to kindle. They vsed three kinds of seperation in mariage: The first was called Repudium, whence comes our word to Repu∣diat; and they vsed this manner whenas the man left his wife without her consent, and the first that vsed it was Car••illius, a hundred yeares after that Rome was built, for that his [ D] wife bare him no children. C. Sulpitius repudiated his wife, for that she had beene out of the house in her haire, and had no vaile vpon her head. Q. Antistius left his wife, for that he had seene her talke secretly with a woman that was a libertine. P. Sempronius did the like, for that his wife had gone to the publicke shews without his priuitie: and Caesar put away his wife for the jealousie he had of Clodius, who was found attired like a woman at the feast which Pompey had celebrated to the honour of the good Goddesse. The second manner was called Diuorce, and this kind of seperation was by the consent of both par∣ties. The third was called Separation, and it was done at the Princes pleasure.

[ XX] The auncient Romans did vse them that were dead after two manners, and they had two kinds of obsequies: The first was, to couer the dead with earth, and to burie them as [ E] we doe: the other, to burne their bodies; but this manner did not continue long, and the first Senator they burnt after his death was Silla. Numa Pompilius was the inuenter of ob∣sequies, and he instituted a high Priest who had the charge. The first honour they did to famous men at their funeralls, was to praise them with an oration, as Caesar, being but twelue yeares old, commended his grandfather; and Tiberius, at the age of nine yeares, praised his father. The second was to make Sword-players to fight: Marcus, and Decius, sonnes to Iunius Brutus, were the first that did practise this, in honour of their father. The third was to make a stately feast. The fourth to giue meat to all the people: the first which did di••••ribute, were those which had the charge of the funerall of P. Licinius, a citizen of Rome, who was held to be verie rich. They did also strew certaine flowers and perfumes [ F] vpon the Tombe, as the people of Rome did at the funeralls of Scipio. They did also s••t vp in their Temples and publicke places certaine ornaments, as Scutcheons, Crownes, ••••d such like: and they that could not be interred with all this pompe, for that the charge 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verie great, were buried in the euening by certaine men who had that charge, be∣ing

••espilons, and they sent him that was dead to burying attired in white: his neerest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 did close his eyes, and soone after they did open the chamber to let all the fami∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with the neighbours, and three or foure of them did call him thrice by his name 〈…〉〈…〉 voice, after which they did wash him with hot water: the heire did sweepe 〈…〉〈…〉 house with a certaine brome appointed to that vse, and they did set branches 〈…〉〈…〉 ouer the doore. If he that was dead were a man of any authoritie, the citizens 〈…〉〈…〉 to the funerall, by a man that had that charge. Whenas a widdow died ha∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but one husband, they carried her to her graue with a crowne of Chastitie vp∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈…〉〈…〉 were accustomed to giue crowns vnto souldiers in recompence of their valour: [ XXI] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••phall was of baies which they gaue vnto the Generall or Captaine: the Obsi∣•••••• was of grasse, which they gaue vnto him that did free a towne from siege, and the 〈…〉〈…〉 receiued it was Sicinius Dentatus: the Ciuique was of oake, which they gaue 〈…〉〈…〉 that had deliuered a citizen from danger. The Murall was giuen by the Gene∣•••••••• to the souldier that had first scaled the enemies towne wall: they gaue one called 〈…〉〈…〉, to him that did first ••nter the enemies campe, or his trenches: the Nauall was 〈…〉〈…〉 that first entred the enemies ship, and all these three crowns were of gold: the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was made like vnto the battlements of a towne: the Castrensis like vnto a Pali∣•••••• ••••d the Nauall like vnto a spurre of a galley. The Ouall was of mirtle, and they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to him that had vanquished the enemie withou•• losse: and the first was made of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 corne and giuen to Romulus. The Armilles were certaine little circles or plates 〈◊〉〈◊〉 siluer, which the souldiers did weare vpon the left arme neere vnto the shoul∣•••••• ••••••••ament. They did grant triumphes to Dictators, Consuls, and Pretors, which 〈…〉〈…〉 aboue fiue thousand enemies, and which did subdue townes and prouin∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Romane Empire. The Ouation was a kind of triumph, which they did grant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••nerall of an armie who had vanquished the enemie without losse, and he en∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on foot, hauing the Senat after him, but he was not followed by his armie: 〈…〉〈…〉 triumphed after this manner, was Posthumus Tubertus the Consull, who tri∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Sabins: the first which did triumph, was Romulus, and they do number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••dred and twentie men which haue entered Rome in triumph: the first which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the enemie subdued to Rome, was Cincin••atus. They which did triumph were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ariot with two wheeles, drawne by horses or other beasts, being followed by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crowned with baies, who being come vnto the Capitole and alighted, they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Iupiters Temple, to giue him thankes for their victorie, and hauing sacrifised a 〈…〉〈…〉, they returned to their houses.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••cient Romanes did in honor of Ianus celebrat the Agonales the ninth of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [ XXII] third of Aprill they made their Florall games, in memorie of Flora a courtizan 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••oued of Pompey, who made the people of Rome heire of all her goods, and her 〈…〉〈…〉 that place, which they now call Campo di Fior, or the field of Flowers. These 〈…〉〈…〉 in old time performed vnder the vineyard of Cardinal Ferrara, at the foot of 〈…〉〈…〉 in all, now called Mont Cauallo. The sixt of the same moneth, in memorie of 〈…〉〈…〉 obtained against the Latins, the Knights went stately attired, carrying oliue 〈…〉〈…〉 in their right hands, from the Temple of Mars (which was vpon the Appian 〈…〉〈…〉 miles from Rome) vnto that of Castor and Pollux. The nine and twentieth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they did celebrat the Lustres, at what time they did shew forth their Trumpets, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and other Ensignes, and Instruments of war: they were also accustomed to haue 〈…〉〈…〉 which they called Trajans, Sceniques, Capitolins, Apollinaires, Seculiers, Ro∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ebeiens, Circenses, and others.

〈…〉〈…〉 infinit if I should vndertake to discourse at large of all that may be spoken of 〈…〉〈…〉: it shall suffice to haue said this little, sending the curious to them that haue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bookes expressely of this matter. Let vs therefore leaue these auncient manners, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnto the moderne.

¶ The Manners of this time. [ A]

[ XXIII] THe Romanes of this time retaine many things of the Ancient, as the gra••itie, which seemes to be borne with them, the magnificence, and a certain greatnesse of courage particular to this nation, who know how to gouern it with more discretion than the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with their affected grauitie. Finally Rome is in a mannerfull of strangers, which come from all parts of Europe; so as we may say that the manner of all these Nations are practised there, and therefore we can set downe little in particular, the manners of the one and the other are so different. We must onely say that it is a citie, whereas they liue [ B] with great ar••, and whereas they beare much respect vnto the poorest that are capable to a••taine to any greatnesse; for that in this place they haue seene so many wonders of fo••tune, as there is not any one so miserable, but he may be happie, being of the conditi∣on and capacitie required; so as they feare to incense the meanest, least hauing one day ••e••••es to reuenge it, they should seeke it. But to speake of them of the countrie, they a••e like to all other Italians, full of deceipt, they doe not easily forget iniuries, they liue wr••tchedly in their houses, but they are prodigall when they are to make any outward expence: the gentlemen there are courteous, affable, and very ciuile, fit for armes, and to command in war: but the common people of the Campagnia of Rome, are very grosse, rude, and sauage, but they are full of courage and strong, as well as the Ancient. They [ C] of the Marquilat of Ancona are of a fierce disposition, and therefore they are fit for war: they are tude in their conuersation, and giue themselues to husbandtie, not caring much for merchandise, it may be for that their countrie hath no nauigable riuers, nor goodly plaines, nor any other port but that of Ancona, which is not so good, as they make it, for that it is all filled vp, and is not very safe. In Italie, they call them of Ferrara subtile, them of Bolognia wild and vncractable, them of Fayence co••ragious, them of Ostia impor∣tune, and them of Rome cruell and valiant. The Romanes bring vnto the warre perse∣uerance, the Ferrarois ar••ille••i••, and they of Viterbe spu••s: they say also that they of An∣cona are wretched, they of Ri••••i••i great eaters of geese, and they of Peruse eaters of fish, and delicat, and moreo••er that they dissemble their••splene when they haue receiued any [ D] wrong: but the Ferrarois s••eke reuenge obstinatly, like vnto the Romanes, who are more cruell than any other. As for their reception of strangers, the Ferrarois are rude, and they of Spoletur•• grosse, and in all things close. Touching the women, they say that the wo∣men of Pe••use are very neat and handsome, they of Beneuent rude, they of Bolognia somewhat glorious, they of Cesena catching and subiect to take, the Romanes graue, the Ferra••••••es greedy, and they of Raue••••a courteous. To end this discourse, all the Ita∣lians in generall are so full of ielosie, as they keepe their wiues continually lockt vp in their houses, as in prisons, not suffering any man to see them, no not their most priuat freinds, if it be not by an extraordinarie fauour, and with so many to obserue them, and to watch their actions, that although the women had a will to make loue, yet were it im∣possible [ E] for them to effect their desire, but with incredible art and extreame paine: they are very false hearted, and hauing once done them any wrong, there is no hope euer to be reconciled, as in other countries, for they will keepe this hatred in their brests whilest they liue, and will continually studie of reuenge, yea many will make shew to haue forgotten the in••urie, to the end they may with more commoditie take reuenge: but the best is, ne∣uer to trust them whom you haue once discontented, for in the end if they can, they will 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you know, how 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it is vnto them.

¶ The Riches.

[ XXIIII] THe 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Church abounds so in corne, and in all commodities, as it shall [ F] hardly fall into any want through defect of the soile, for that all the prouinces being ••diuided into plains and mountains, the yere must be very vnseasonable if all parts faile at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and also there is such store of corne, wine, and oyle, as it doth furnish other coun∣tries

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••hereof Tuscanie, Genoa, Venice, and Sclauonia are witnesses. Wherefore death 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by their transportations, the which it is hard to preuent, for that they wholly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the disposition of the prince. But there may be aboundance in some one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yet they shall haue no meanes to enioy it, by reason of the multitudes of Ban∣••••••ished men, who commita thousand villanies, with an infinit number of spoyles ••••hers: to which inconuenience it seemes that the estate of the Church is parti∣subiect. And in truth many places of this estate lie wast, many fields are not ma∣••••nd many people are in miserable estate, by reason of the infinit spoyles which ••••••eues commit. This might be remedied by being in good accord with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taking away the commodities of the woods and retreats of such people, and by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the wayes broader: By this meanes Augustus thought to preuent the murthers ••••••efs which were committed throughout all Italie. If they seeke to hold the field, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 first needfull to keepe them from joyning together, and if they make a head, to ••ome meanes to make them jealous and distrustfull one of another; and for conclu∣•••••• follow the course and proceeding of Sixtus the fift, and of Clement the eight, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a manner rooted out the whole race.

••••••nagnia makes salt which they carrie into other Countries.* 1.1 The Marquisat doth ••••eares vent one hundred thousand Sestiers of wheat, vnto the Venetians, and great ••••••oyle. The Patrimonie and the Campagnia of Rome haue many times assisted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with corne, and sometimes the realme of Naples.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the citie of Rome there are some Princes and Barons which haue fiftie, and a ••••thousand crownes a yeare rent, and some more; but they are generally rather 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rich, the which must of necessitie follow, where there is not any proper art 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which the people may entertain themselues, for that in a maner all things which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 brought from other countries, and especially their woolen cloth, and silkes 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Lucca, Florence, Genoa, and Naples. It is also verie remarkable to obserue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which is brought to Rome, from all parts of Christendome, partly for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 strangers which remaine there, and partly also for the expeditions which are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and particularly for the bulls of benefices, and partly also for the inuestiture of ••••••lands, or for profit, or ambition.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 trafficke, we cannot denie but the Estate of the Church sayles in this respect, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the reuenews of the Princes lands are not proportionable to the greatnesse of 〈◊〉〈◊〉. But to make it of greater trafficke, there are two things required. The one is to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arts, especially that of silke and wooll, which are of so great importance as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 most part) depends the greatnesse of Venice, Milan, Naples, and Genoa, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 people entertaine themselues, and for the most part grow rich.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 easie thing to plant Mulberrie trees about Rome, and other townes of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they haue done in the territories of Verona, Vincentia, and Milan. The soyle 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and as fertile as any other. If the order of the Humbled, in the beginning of ••••••igion, were able to bring in the art of Woll to Florence, and into other places, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it be difficult for the Popes authoritie, and for a people that would imploy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or why might not these arts which flourish so in other townes, be transpor∣••••ome, Ancona, Ascoli, and Rauenna? The other thing is, the commoditie of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the which it is necessarie to clense and accommodat the ports of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and Ancona, to draw the trafficke of the West vnto the first, and that of the East 〈◊〉〈◊〉 last, and they must also draw Merchants thither by goodly priuiledges and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and entertaine them kindly: wherein they must not be sparing, for that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of estates, and the riches of princes consists for the most part in the great accesse ••••urse of Merchants.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Popes reuenews, they consist in the custome of Rome, and other tolls vpon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ••o••ses, in the imposition of meale and salt at Rome, in the custome of oyle and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the estate of the Church, and in the custome of cattle in the Patrimonie, in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Tolfe, the Controller generall of the Posts, crimes at Rome, in the three 〈◊〉〈◊〉 payed by the Clergie, imposed by Paule the third for once, but afterwards made

perpetuall; in the three yeares ayd paied by the religious of Italie, which are not of the [ A] ••••gging orders; in the collections of Spaine, Portugal, and Italie; in the rents of S.Peter payed by the realme of Naples, and the duchies of Vrbin, Parma, Placentia, and others; in the Datarie, which is the Dispatcher of the Popes Bulls: and mo••eouer, in the ordi∣narie reuenews of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Rome, of the Marquisat, the Patrimonie, Campagnia, Vmbria, Ferrara, Cameri••, Peruse, Bolognia, Beneuent, and of many villages, and other small reuenew••.

I doe not put into this account the profit of legations, and gouernements retayned (as I h••ue sai••) by the Pope: For that it may be equalled with the pensions which he giue•• ••n••o diners Cardinals that be poore. I doe not also reckon the Annates, and first [ B] f••••i•••• of benefices, and pensions for the expedition of Bulls, for that they come not to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Chamber, but are affected to diuers officers. Many of these reuenews haue beene ••••enated by diuers Popes, and yet at this day they yeeld about a million and a halfe of c••o••nes.

These Alienations haue beene made vnder diuers names, either of Offices, or of Monts. The offices are in a manner all the Ordinaries of the Court, and many other Ordinaries are added, the which haue this condition, That they are voyd by death, or that when as he that holds them is made a Cardinall, and then the Chamber sells them againe: and they make account that this profit doth yeeld 500000 crownes.

The Monts are of two natures, either voyd by death, and these yeeld twelue in the [ C] hundred by the yeare; or else they passe vnto their h••ires, and they yeeld seuen, or seuen and a halfe, the which the Chamber payes yearely.

Besides this, there are many charges vpon the reuenews, as the gouernement of Rome, and the Prouinces, and that which is giuen to the officers of the people of Rome. Moreouer, the expences of the houshold, of the guard of Suisses, and light horse, of the guard of the Castell S. Ange, Ostia, Ciui••••-Vecchia, Ter••acina, and Oruiete, of the Singingmen, and many other expences of the Chappell, of Trumpets, pensions of di∣••••••s Officers, Noncios, Po••••••, Almes, and gifts. But notwithstanding all these things, ••od the gre•••• ••••easure which Pope Pi•••• the fift imployed in many buildings, yet he ma∣naged his estate so thriuingly, as in fiue yeares that he was Pope he layed vp foure mil∣lions [ D] of gold in the Ca••••ell of S.Ange. For the Pope hath alwayes meanes to raise mo∣ney speedily, by two wayes especially, the one in creating of Cardinalls, if not openly for money, yet at the least by reason of the Benefices and Offices which shall be voyd: the other by opening his hand a little, allowing of Resignations, and giuing other gra∣ces, as hath beene accustomed. But for the doing of this, the Pope must applie his con∣science to his affaires: and therefore Sixtus the fourth said, That he would neuer want sil••er whilest he had a hand and a pen: And in truth, Pius the fourth did draw from the orders of religio••s men onely foure hundred thousand crownes, and might haue had a million, if he would (as some aduised him) haue admitted of the Resignations of Benefi∣ces, with this clause. That if he to whom it was resigned, died, it should returne to the Re∣signor: [ E] and for the composition of Offices. Paule the third entred into league with the Venetians and the Emperour against the Turke, for the sixt part of the charge; and he sent to succour Charles the fift, twelue thousand foot and fiue hundred horse entertai∣ned, and yet he aduaunced his house to that greatnesse wherein we now see it. Pius the fift sent foure thousand foot, and one thousand horse, to Charles the ninth the French 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••o let the Reader see more plainely the Popes reuenews, and expences, I haue though•• it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to set downe a particular estate, such as I could collect.

• [ XXV] The customes of Rome haue beene vsually rented out to him that would giue most, for nine yeares, that is to say, after the rate of fiue and thirtie thousand crownes, or [ F] ••••ereabou••s, a yeare; and in deducting all the Regalities, with the Augmentation, the ••••ceipts which are vsed, the wines of Embassadours, and religious places which are free, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 others that are priuiledged, there will remaine at the disposition of the Chamber 〈◊〉〈◊〉 time 17000 crownes.
• ...

• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 custome of salt in Rome let out commonly for seuen yeares to him that will giue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and deducting all regalities, and charges, there remaines yearely for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 8960 crownes.
• ••••mposition of two carlins for the grinding of corne in Rome, was erected by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the third, and afterwards it was augmented vnto the summe of 21333 crowns,
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rate of seuen and a halfe for the hundred, and afterwards they were reduced to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pius the fift, and assigned to the Maisters of the building, and the whole reuenue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the mannaging is giuen to the people of Rome, with the ouersight of one of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Chamber) amounts to 16000 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 doe let out the custome of the Quatrin vpon flesh at Rome, after the rate of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the hundred 20000 crownes.
• ••••mposition of four Iulios vpon the tun granted to the people of Rome 3000 crow.
• ••••impost of a Quatrin vpon euery pound of flesh in the Estate of the Church, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rome, Bolognia, Camerin, and Beneuent, is let out commonly for 60000 crowns
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉: but by reason of the expences and regalities there remaines not yearely vnto the ••••••ber aboue 5000 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 maistership of the posts at Rome, and throughout all the Estate of the Church, ••••ed for 5000 crownes, but deducting all charges and recompences, there remaines 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Chamber 2000 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lightes of Tolfe were sometimes let for 64500 crownes a yeare, whereof they ••••00 crownes to the makers of alum, and the rest to diuers others, with the rights ••••••aister of the Chamber, so as there remaines nothing for the Chamber. ••••••••osition of candles is let yearely at 3000 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of S. Peter comes yerely to 31000 crownes, and they demaund it euery yere 〈◊〉〈◊〉Peters day 31000 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Clergie compounding for their spoiles, pay yerely to St. Peter 2160 crownes.
• ••••••quarter of religious Monkes, amounts yearely to 30662 crownes, whereof they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crownes to Mont Nauinall of the Monkes, the which they extinguish, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 15702 to Mont Pie, so as there remaines nothing for the Chamber. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Triennall subsidie of the Marquisat, amounts to 60000 crownes of gold, after ••••••ulios to the crowne; whereof they leaue 400 crownes for the building of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crowns for the walls of Fane, and 1160 crownes for the walls of Ciuita 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Mont Cosere, sold vnto the Seigneur Iohn George Cesarin, and 25 crownes for ••••easurers wages, and they pay yerely 4000 crownes vnto the Depositarie; so as in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the yeare there remaines vnto the Chamber 4958 crownes.
• ••••Triennall subsidie of Rome amounts to 40304 crownes, whereof they deduct 〈◊〉〈◊〉 priuiledges, and 223 crownes are left to the Treasurer of the Prouince for the ••••••guard, whereof he makes account, and other 5400 crownes to the Colledge of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Chamber for the three which be added, and 203 crownes to the Tresurer ••••••llects this subsidie, for his wages, and the carrying of money to Rome; so as there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cleere vnto the Chamber 29758 crownes.
• Triennal subsidie of Vmbria & Peruse 39701 crowns after 11 Iulios to the crown, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of they deduct for lands that are priuiledged 741 crownes, and they pay yearely to ••••easurer of Peruse 9485 crownes, to supplie the payments of the Treasurie: but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••all haue hereafter, and they haue at this day the greatest part: and 290 crownes 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the carrying of money, and they haue beene accustomed to leaue 200 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a yeare more for wages; so as there remaines to the Chamber 29076 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Triennal subsidie of the Campagnia of Rome, with the maritime places, comes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1565 crownes: the lands being taxed at 2048 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which were set in the yere 1551 by the Pope at 1755 crownes of gold, and in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1571, by Pope Pius, at 15553 crownes, and deducting 770 crownes which they did 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the impossibilitie of the exemptions, and 120 crownes for the Collectors 〈◊〉〈◊〉 transportation of mony, there remaines 14643 crownes of gold, whereof there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••n money vnto the Chamber about 13632 crownes.
• ...

• The tax of horses in the Marquisat amounts to 77221 crownes, and they are assigned [ A] to the Treasurer of the Prouince, so as the reuenue which enters into the said Treasurie is yearely 77221 crownes.
• The tax of horses of the Patrimonie comes to 978 crownes, and was giuen in assigna∣tion to the farmer of the customes of the Patrimonie, and they collect 978 crownes.
• The tax of the horses of Romagnia amounts to 5027 crownes, where of some part is paied for the recompence of the mills of Rauenna, and part to the Colledge of Mont Pa, not void; so as there comes yearely vnto the Chamber, which they draw out of the Treasurie of Rauenna, but 800 crownes.
• Tyuoli pa••es for yearely rent 200 crownes, the which was sometimes giuen to the de∣ceased [ B] Cardinall of Ferrara, and at this day is paied to the Depositarie 200 crownes.
• The augmentation of the triennall subsidie of the Marquisat, amounts to 10134 c••••••nes, after twelue Iulios to the crowne: they deduct 202 crownes for the charges, and twentie for the Collector, and for the carrying of money; so as there remaines for the Chamber 9912 crownes.
• The augmentation of the prouince of Romagnia comes to 6512 crownes of gold, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 deduct 114 crownes for the lands which pay lesse for the subsidie of three yeares, and 70 crownes for the Collectors wages, and the carrying of money, there remaines for the Chamber 6325 crownes.
• The augmentation of the prouince of the Patrimonie is 2423 crownes: they deduct [ C] 305 crownes for those lands which paies no subsidie, and 100 crownes for the Collector, and carrying of money; there remaines 2018 crownes.
• The Treasurorship of the Marquisat, with the tax of horses of this prouince is com∣monly rented at 6215 crownes.
• The Treasutorship of Romagnia is let at 3597 crownes, at ten Iulios to the crowne, and for the gouernement of that prouince, and the Prerogatiues of the Seigneurs of the Apostolicke Chamber, and to the Popes Depositarie 1270 crownes.
• The Treasurer of Romagnia receiues for the Triennall subsidie 2720 crownes, and 2000 crowns for the Legats Estate, and 3360 crownes for the guard, and 2220 crownes for the Bol; whereof they deduct 1700 crownes for the Vice-Legats entertainement, [ D] and 1068 crownes for the guard. There remaines to the Chamber 7548 crownes.
• The Custome and Treasurorship of the Patrimonie is let for 66377 crownes: but for that there are many prerogatiues and disbursments, there remaines little for the Cham∣ber.
• The Treasurorship of Camerin is rented at 24500 crownes for nine yere: but by rea∣son of many payments there remaines little for the Chamber.
• The Treasurorship of Peruse and Vmbria, with the taxes of horses of the said pro∣uince, is commonly let for 20300 crownes, but by reason of the great regalities and pay∣ments there remaines little for the Chamber.
• The Treasurorship of Ascoli is rented for fiue yeares at 6354 crownes, but by reason [ E] of many regalities and payments, there remaines little for the Chamber.
• The Treasurorship of Campagnia yeelds 10000 crownes, but by reason of diuers pai∣ments, there remaines nothing.
• The Treasurorship of Norcia held by Nicholas Spinelli, hauing aduanced money to the Chamber, and to keepe the account of the reuenues of the communaltie, yeelds no account vnto the Chamber.
• The Treasurorship of Cascia was sold in Aprill 1572 to Ioseph Ieronim•• of Foligni, who g••ue 500 crownes of gold vnto the Chamber, and he yeelds no account.
• The Treasurorship of Beneuent paies 454 crownes to them of the Chamber, 728 crownes for wages and diuers charges, 768 crownes to the Gouernor, and 50 crownes to [ F] him that holds the place•• therefore there remaines little to the Chamber.
• The impost of Spoletum hath beene let for 4260 crownes yearely, whereof they pay 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crownes to the Treasuror of Peruse, and 1260 to the Gouernor of Spol••tum; so as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 remaines for the Chamber 2219 crownes.
• ...

• The custome of Ancona is farmed to the Colledge of Mont Pie for 3500 crownes a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ssigned to the Colledge: And moreouer, the transportation of 1000 Charges 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which not being leuied, payes vnto the Chamber 1000 crownes a yeare, and I ••••wnes for the Prerogatiues of the Maister of the Chamber, 3500 crownes.
• ...〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ustome of Amaragi, of Ciuita Noua, is let yearely for 13000 crownes, whereof 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the Apostolicke Secretaries 117, and to the Nuns of Viterbe 173 crownes: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 remaines for the Chamber 12710 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉a••me of Biede is 1030 crownes, the which they pay vnto the Depositarie. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Casal of Magrotte did yeeld yerely to the Chamber 9240 crownes, and was sold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Paul the fourth to the Hospitall of the Holie Ghost. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 custome of the Quatrin vpon euerie pound of flesh, at Bolognia, amounts yerely 〈◊〉〈◊〉8 crownes, assigned to the Mount of Augmentation at Bolognia 6038 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Triennall Subsidie at Bolognia for 9900 crownes, was assigned to the Mount of ••••••••••entation. Some hold that it doth amount to 50000 crownes yearely, all the offi∣•••••• their assignements there.
• ••••••rent of Riete was sometimes ingaged to Iohn Baptista of Serene, for 400 crownes,
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the sonne of Peter Paule Mignanel did enioy it. It yeelds yearely the summe 〈◊〉〈◊〉 816 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 last passages were accustomed to be let yearely for 250 crownes, but they were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Francis Fontaine, and afterwards held by Ierosme Ceoli. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Minutes of the Chancerie yeeld yearely 10000 crownes, and are in a manner all 〈…〉〈…〉 his Holinesse officers, and houshold seruants.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉fit of the Mount of the Religion brings vnto the Chamber 16338 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉let times the toll of wine was rented at Bolognia at 600 crownes.
• ••••••onsignation of Fane for crimes was assigned to the Treasurer of the Marquisat, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 remained nothing but the transportations, the which doth amount yearely 〈◊〉〈◊〉 100 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Seiches, did in former times pay yearely 140 crownes.
• 〈…〉〈…〉 of making of Alume doth come yearely to 200 crownes.
• 〈…〉〈…〉 of Salt of Sclauonia yeelds yearely 750 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 profits of Mont Pie, which should be extinguished, they draw by the yeare 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 2350 crownes.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rest of the Mont of Auignon, they make yearely 616 crownes.

¶ The Reuenews of the See which are vncertaine.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 two first yeares of Pope Sixtus did yeeld

13000 crownes.

〈…〉〈…〉 say that the collection of Spaine, one yeare with another, amounts vnto the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of

44000 crownes.

That of Portugal amounts one yeare with another to

22000 crownes.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Italie, one yeare with another

12000 crownes.

〈…〉〈…〉 ••••••••sportation of corne, out of Patrimonie, the Marquisat, and Romagnia, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one yeare with another, come to

30000 crownes.

〈◊〉〈◊〉restes of the Mont vacable haue yeelded one yeare with another

1000 crownes.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 profits of Monts which are vacable comes yearely to about

7500 crownes.

••••l••rging of Ecclesiasticall liuings comes yearely to

3500 crownes.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Depositarie or Consignation of Bolognia, yeeds yearely about

4000 crownes:

〈…〉〈…〉 remaines within the towne.

 

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dat••rie, or Dispatcher of the Popes Bulls, yeelds yearely.

68250 crownes.

¶ What the Pope giues to Cardinals, and what he spends in other things.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 yearely in pensions and fees to Cardinalls, to some more, to some lesse, the [ XXVI] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of

1310 crownes.

There is commonly giuen to his Holinesse high Steward for his yearely expence, the [ A] summe of

6000 crownes.

More to him for aid of Court,

12000 crownes.

For the renewing of the Cupboard twice a yeare,

200 crownes.

For the apparrell of the houshold at Christmas,

1720 crownes.

For the apparrell of the Gromes of the stable twice a yeare, at S. Iohn Baptista, and at Christmas,

1350 crownes.

For the charges of his Holinesse office of Secretarie yearely,

332 crownes.

To a Clarke vnder the Secretarie yearely,

180 crownes.

All the Singingmen of his Holinesse Chappell, haue for their yearely wages the [ B] summe of

4656 crownes.

To the Apothecarie for the wax of the Chappel, which he doth furnish for the Popes ••se,

1500 crownes.

For the wax at Candlemas,

1500 crownes.

For the Greene Cloth,

240 crownes.

For the charges on Thursday before Easter,

250 crownes.

For the Oliue branches,

270 crownes.

For the rose of gold which he giues,

240 crownes.

For the Sword, Girdle, and Hat, imbroydered with pearle,

380 crownes.

For a Canopie of cloth of gold, for Christ, and the Virgin Marie, with the fashion, [ C] the summe of

3000 crownes.

For the tents on Corpus Christi day, with all the preparation,

250 crownes.

Wages of Esquiers and Groomes of the Chamber by the moneth,

20 crownes.

To them that keepe the Records monethly,

25 crownes.

¶ What he giues to his Noncios.

[ XXVII] TO his Noncio which is with the Emperour, euerie moneth,

230 crownes.

To the Noncio that is in France monethly,

145 crownes.

To his Noncio which is at Venice monethly,

230 crownes. [ D]

To his Noncio in Sauoy by the moneth,

115 crownes.

To his Noncio with the duke of Tuscanie,

57 crownes.

To his Noncio in Germanie by the moneth,

115 crownes.

To his Noncio in Poland by the moneth,

230 crownes.

To his Noncio with the Princes of Germanie,

130 crownes.

To his Noncio at Naples.

 

To his Noncio in Spaine.

 

¶ The Popes Guards.

[ XXVIII] To the Captaine generall of his Holinesse guards, yearely the sum of

2400 crownes. [ E]

To his Lieutenant by the yeare,

639 crownes.

To his guard of men at armes, and light horse,

10077 crownes.

To the Suisses by the yeare,

10932 crownes.

To the Suisses for their apparell,

2600 crownes.

More to them for their caps and feathers,

200 crownes.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 their lesser and greater ensignes,

1000 crownes.

In horses to giue at Christmas, and other times,

2000 crownes.

For th•• hire of horses for the Suisses, when his Holinesse goes out of Rome, the summe of

250 crownes. [ F]

¶ The Forces.

[ XXIX] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for souldiers, the generall opinion is, That the best souldiers of all Italie are in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉ate of the Church, and they make account that the Marquisat and Romagnia are

〈…〉〈…〉 twentie and fiue thousand men fit to beare armes, and it may be the 〈…〉〈…〉 Campagnia as many. And without doubt, there is no question but a Pope ••••ccompanied with some others, may with his meanes and forces, do good and 〈…〉〈…〉 he pleaseth, especially in Italie, where he hath so great a share, whereof we 〈…〉〈…〉 ••ant of examples, which teach vs that Popes with lesse forces than they haue 〈…〉〈…〉 maintained their authoritie against the mightiest princes; that they deposed 〈…〉〈…〉 and Kings, and changed Estates at their pleasures: yea we know what Pope 〈…〉〈…〉 could doe in the time of our fathers, who drew the French king to passe the 〈…〉〈…〉 to put all Italie into combustion.

〈…〉〈…〉 tenth, and Clement the seuenth setled the greatnesse of their houses by many 〈…〉〈…〉 they made alone, and accompanied with others; and Clement after that he had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some crosses and misfortunes grew greater than he was before. Paul the third 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the dignitie of the Church, and the quiet of Italie, betwixt two mightie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more by his authoritie, than by armes: he made war against the Turke, and left his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in that greatnesse we now see it. Iulio the third taking arms in Italie, brought all ••••••••••usion: and Paul the fourth spent many millions of gold, and left a remarkable ex∣••••••••••hich may grow by the ill gouerned desseignes of a Pope. Wherefore as the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 accustomed to sacrifice to some gods for the obtaining of good, & to others ••••harme; so it hath beene held wisdome to be alwaies in good termes with Popes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ood or otherwise: for as the fauours which wel affected Popes may do, are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in warre and peace; so the harmes which we may receiue from ill disposed ••••••nemies, are very dangerous, and he that hath a will to trouble others shall ••••••men to thrust them on.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 reason, all the princes of Christendome both great and small, either moued 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or with some other considerations, haue humbled themselues vnto the Popes, ••••••nerall, were they neuer so great, haue sought to make them their friends, or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not to be opposit vnto them. But to returne to the people which are vnder the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, hauing shewed what numbers may be drawne out of two or three 〈◊〉〈◊〉 war, we must consider the qualitie of these men.

〈…〉〈…〉 is full of warlike men, and for this cause fit to keepe an enemie fro•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to make him repent it, if he shall land.

〈…〉〈…〉 are the Latins and Romanes, the subduers of the world, and they of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of whose valour, we will say no other thing, but that by their meanes Italie was 〈…〉〈…〉 the barbarous nations which did tyrannise it, and recouered her first glorie. 〈…〉〈…〉 earle of Cuni, hauing gathered together twelue thousand fighting men, 〈…〉〈…〉 called the companie of S. George, he pursued in such sort the forraine nations 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ged Italie, as he expelled them all, & restored the discipline of war in such sort, 〈…〉〈…〉 before was ill vnderstood by the Italians, as they did not hold him a captaine 〈…〉〈…〉 not marched and fought vnder his commaund.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Marquisat were the first which began the Sociall war, the which the 〈…〉〈…〉 held to be one of the most dangerous they euer had. There you see the Vmbrians, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••istance Hannibal felt, after that he had vanquished the Romanes at the Lake of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, not being able to make himselfe maister of Spoletum; whereby he found 〈…〉〈…〉 it would be to subdue Rome, seeing that after so great a victorie, he had 〈…〉〈…〉 towne in vaine.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 excellencie of captaines is no lesse, than the vallour of souldiers, in the Estate of 〈…〉〈…〉: for there are many families able to furnish all the princes and 〈…〉〈…〉 Europe with captaines: so as it is no wonder if in the war of Ferrara, happily 〈◊〉〈◊〉 short time, there were neere twentie thousand foot, and two thousand horse 〈…〉〈…〉 armes, all out of this Estate, almost in one moneth, the which few other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ope could haue done.

〈…〉〈…〉 the scituation, this Estate lies betwixt the Adriatike and the Tyrrhene sea, and is 〈…〉〈…〉 the middest of Italie; wherefore as it is secured from the spoiles of the 〈…〉〈…〉 it lies 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to trouble Italie, or to keepe it in peace.

There is not any port capable of a great fleet, and the Romane coast is much subiect to [ A] ••••mpests, like vnto that of the Marquisat and Romagnia; so as he cannot be assaulted by sea, neither with great forces, nor without danger. We must adde hereunto that the part which lies vpon the Tuscane sea is vnhealthfull; the which alone were sufficient to en∣counter and defeat an enemie.

Moreouer the Marquisat and Romagnia haue for a rampire and bastion, on this side Sclauonia, and on the other the two Siciles: the which doth sufficiently appeare, for that the Turke•• neuer durst approach it, notwithstanding that they haue much desired it: and by land there are not any confines which he should feare, for he exceeds Tuscanie in for∣ces, and doth not yeeld to the realme of Naples: for notwithstanding that this realme be [ B] gre••er, richer, and better peopled than the Estate of the Church, yet is it nothing inferi∣••u•• in many things.

First, being long and narrow there is much more difficultie to vnite her forces: besides it •••• a countrie of conquest, so as the prince cannot vse the seruice of those people with the ••like assurance, as if they were his natural subiects, for that he is forced to maintain great ••••risons, wherin the king of Spain doth in a manner spend all the reuenues. But the Pope is naturall Lord of this Estate, for the preseruation whereof he shal not be inforced (in re∣gard of his subiects) to spend any thing: I leaue the authoritie which religion giues vnto ••he Pope, and the interest which other princes haue in the preseruation of the Churches estate, whose fall would be their losse; and I also forbeare to shew with what readinesse [ C] forraine princes would vndertake the protection of the Church, either for glorie, or for some reason of State. And therefore we did see Gregorie the seuenth, and Alexander the third, make head against princes which had the forces of the Empire (being then more powerfull than they are at this day)vnited to the two Siciles.

What shall I say of the sorts of Oruiette, Citecastellana, Castro, Palliano, of the ca∣stell of Spoletum, Peruse, Ancona, Forli, Bertinor, the towne and citadell of Ferrara: and in like manner we may say that Vmbria by reason of the straight passages, and the ••••ughnesse of the scituation, is nothing but a fort.

This Estate might be fully assured, either by fortifying it with places of strength, as ••he Venetians do••, or with souldiers as the Turke, or with the one and the other, as the [ D] French king, and he of Spaine vse to do.

As for forts (I speake in hereditarie Estates, and not of conquest, and gotten by force and violence) it is questionable, Whether it be better to fortifie the frontires, or the heart of an Estate or both together? Whereupon I say, that of chiefe townes, some are like vn∣to the heart, as well for their scituation, as for their office: for that they are in the middest of Estates, as Lisbone, Prague, London, Florence, Paris, and Madrid, by reason of the office, for that with their riches they giue strength to the other members: some are like vnto the heart touching the office, and to the head in regard of the scituation, for that they are not in the middest of the Estate, but vpon some extremitie, as Naples, Palermo, Messina, or Genoua, which is seated in the middest of the riuer or prouince, in regard of [ E] the length, but vpon an extremitie in respect of the bredth.

Chiefe capitall townes which are in the middest of Estates, should rather be safe than strong, and the safetie consists to be farre from danger: this is obtained by the fortificati∣on of frontires and passages. For the fortification of a chiefe towne seated in the heart of an Estate, doth first of all make them faint hearted that dwell in the rest of the countrie, ••nd doth also blemish the princes authoritie and reputation, as if distrusting to be able to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 land de••end the rest, he should seeke to saue himselfe in the heart of his Estate: for th•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as the naturall heat retires it selfe from the feet, legs, and other remoat parts vn∣••o the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, there is little hope of the patients health•• so whenas a prince doth fortifie the towne of his aboad, and the middest of his Estate, it seemes that he is without cou∣rage, [ F] or meanes to defend his frontires. Moreouer, sauing the extremities, he shall pre∣serue the middest, but not contrariwise: and therefore the middest must imploy it selfe for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 owne good to fortifie the extremities; the which cannot be done if you do fortifie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••iddest, for that it wil be necessarie to put into the fortification and supplying of this

〈◊〉〈◊〉, that which should be fit for the extremities, that is to say, victualls, artillerie, 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••••es, and souldiers. And for that the chiefe cities are commonly great, they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 great expence and prouision, as there will be no meanes remaining to fortifie 〈…〉〈…〉 for the frontiers. This hath beene tried by the duke of Mantoua in the 〈…〉〈…〉 Casal. And by this meanes (in my opinion) I haue answered that which 〈…〉〈…〉 that we may fortifie the extremities and the middest altogether.

••••••••lude, the end of all frontiers and extremities is to keepe the enemie out of the 〈…〉〈…〉 the middle part must haue a speciall care to furnish the extremities; as we see 〈…〉〈…〉 that hath life and soule, the office of the hands is to keepe it from dangers, and 〈…〉〈…〉 heart to furnish vigour and force to the hands. Besides, a chiefe Citie shall ••••••••aue better meanes to succour the extremities not being fortified; but also will 〈…〉〈…〉 care, being forced to lodge all her hope in the safetie and defence of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••herefore I conclude, that such a towne is fitter to keepe the enemies farre off, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••mish the frontier with all her forces, not being fortified, than with part of the 〈…〉〈…〉, being put in defence. All which is spoken of Estates that are somewhat great: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 small ones, whose extremities are in a manner joyned to the heart, the 〈…〉〈…〉 middest is verie necessarie.

••he chiefe cities being seated otherwise, and which are more like vnto the head 〈◊〉〈◊〉 heart, not being safe, for that they are neere vnto some extremitie, ••••••••••fied. Wherefore, as nature doth assure the heads of some beasts, not only with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but also with homes; so the reason of State and warre doth not onely enuiron 〈…〉〈…〉 with walles, but doth also fortifie them with cittadels.

〈…〉〈…〉 say, That townes seated in the center of an Estate, doe as much resemble the 〈…〉〈…〉 heart, for they doe impart to places which are about them, not onely spirit, 〈◊〉〈◊〉caper to the heart, but also judgement and conduct, which belongs vnto the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fore, in fortifying the one, it cannot be denied in the other. It is not hard 〈…〉〈…〉 difficultie: For first of all, the head in beasts serues both for head and 〈…〉〈…〉 head, for that it containes the braines; and for hands, for that this beast vseth 〈…〉〈…〉▪ And there are some beasts which doe it with the mouth, and to this effect 〈…〉〈…〉 long and great, as the Dogge, the Wolfe, the Lyon, Fish, and Fowle: some 〈…〉〈…〉 ••heir hornes, as the Bull, the Stagge, and the Bugle: others offend with 〈…〉〈…〉 which are extraordinarily long, as the Boare, and the Elephant, who hath 〈…〉〈…〉 or snowt, for that the office of the head is not to fight, but to foresee 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••ment wherewith it is indowed, and it is the hand which must repulse all 〈…〉〈…〉 blowes, and preuent daungers. Wherefore the head of beasts is not 〈…〉〈…〉 head, but as the hand. Moreouer, the gouernement of the State, doth not 〈…〉〈…〉 ••he place, but of the Prince and Magistrat, who remaines sometimes in one 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••••etimes in another.

〈…〉〈…〉 caused the Pope to remaine sometimes at Viterbe, sometimes at Oruiette, at 〈…〉〈…〉 Anagnia, at Rieti, in Auignon, and Ferrara. But as for the giuing vigour to 〈…〉〈…〉, it depends vpon the heart of the Estate; by the greatnesse of the reuenews, 〈…〉〈…〉 of munition and victuals, multitude of men, and commoditie of scituation: 〈…〉〈…〉 cannot be transported from one place vnto another.

••ome is not in the middest of the Estate of the Church, for that it is farre from 〈…〉〈…〉 and Ferrara, and neere vnto the frontier of Abruzzo, and yet it is not vpon 〈…〉〈…〉, or neere vnto an enemie: and therefore it is not fit that it should be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••••fied, nor altogether weak and neglected, but as we see it, with the borough, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••••••••ed, and the rest rather walled than well rampired: for if it were 〈…〉〈…〉, it would cause the disorders and inconueniences whereof we haue spoken; 〈…〉〈…〉 the Estate, consume the enemie, and giue time to succour, it shall suffice, the 〈…〉〈…〉 hand Castle be fortified.

〈…〉〈…〉 speake something of that which they haue done at diuers times, touching the [ XXX] 〈…〉〈…〉 of Rome: Belli•••••••••••• repaired the ruined walls, but with a farre lesser circuit. ••••••lls being afterwards ouerthrowne, Ad••tan the first reedified them, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉

••••••rth, to keepe the Sarrazins from entring into Rome, comming vp the riuer, he built [ A] ••••••teene Towers about the Citie, whereof there were two verie necessarie, that is, one vpon either side of the riuer of Tybet. He compassed in the Vatican with a wall, which he called by his name Le••nina. Nicholas the third did wall in Belueder. Paule the third began to wall in the Boro••gh, with a dessigne, That Rome being verie solitarie towards the East, and the wall farre from the places inhabited, and for that cause not to be well fortified o•• that side, not to be defended with few men, the people might haue there at the le•••••• some refuge for a time. Pius the fourth did finish this fortification, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Castle. There remaines then to haue the frontiers fortified.

The Church confines with the realme of Naples in all places crossing Italie from one [ B] Sea vnto another: the Perusin, and the Patrimonie, confine with the great Duke; the Countries of Ferrara and Bolognia with the duke of Mantua. Moreouer, the interest of Princes will not allow a league and vnion among them against the Church, for that it is more expedient for them all to maintaine her in her greatnesse, than by her fall any prince should grow greater, being alreadie mightie of himselfe: For as the Pope is vniversall F••••••••er, as they say; so it seemes that the Estate of the Church, is an Estate from the which all should attend succours, as the Venetians haue often had against the Turke, the Knights of Malta in their necessities, and the Emperour Charles in the warre of Saxo∣••ie, for that all these haue beene relieued with men and money from Popes. I doe not speake of the Emperour Ferdinand, or of Maximilian, or of Rodolfe which last raigned, [ C] or of the Prince of Transiluania, which haue all receiued succours of horse and foot against the Turke, with great summes of mony from Clement the seuenth, Paule the third, Pius the third, Pius the fift, and Clement the eight. Wherefore (in my opinion) it doth more import the Pope to maintaine himselfe in the reputation of a common father, and not to breake with any one, than to fortifie his places: for that as by this meanes he doth assure all the neighbour Princes to his Estate; so they will all secure him, and striue to serue and succor him. But if he shall fortifie any place, let it be in the remotest parts, which are those of Ferrara and Bolognia. As for Ferrara, it is so strong, as the Church cannot receiue any losse on that side. The countrie of Bolognia is weake, for that the Citie is not strong, not well fortified, by reason of some places which commaund it. So as to as∣••ure [ D] the State of that side, the best course will be to fortifie Castel-franc, the which for that it stands in a plaine, and not subiect to any commaund, is capable of any fortifica∣tion; and for that it is in a fruitfull countrie, and hath Bolognia for neighbour, and in∣te••essed in her defence, for her owne good, it may be easily furnished and supplied. Pius the fift began the fortification of Castelfranco, but he gaue it ouer at the first, by reason of the bruit of the war of Cypres. With these two keys of Ferrara, and Castelfranco, the Estate of the Church should be secured from all stormes which may happen on the other side of the Alpes and Lombardie. Towards the realme of Naples, the length of the fron∣tier would require many sort••. Wherefore, towards the Marquisat, they may fortifie Transone, Osside, and Ascoli; but Ascoli being a good towne, strong of scituation, and of [ E] people, and scituated beyond the riuer of Tront in the enemies countrie, were able to trouble them in their owne Estate, as the true reason of warre doth require. Towards Sabina, it will suffice to haue Rieti, a reasonable good towne, and in a good countrie, the which must not be abandoned to the enemie. Towards Campagnia, although it would be a matter of importance to fortifie Terracina, Frusinon, Firentin, Segni, and Anagnia, yet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hold that it would suffice to make Frusinon and Anagnia defensible, ruining all the ••••••ller forts which are neerer to Rome, to the end the enemie should not lodge there and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them strong. Towards Tuscanie, the Church hath the townes of Castello, Peruse, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Castro, and Viterbe, which for the most part are of good strength. But to speake the truth▪ the state of the Church, being in most daunger towards Tuscanie, not in re∣gard [ F] of the forces of that duke, but for the passage he may giue vnto the enemie, as they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnto Charles the eight, the French king, and to Charles duke of Bourbon, it shall be sit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Pope shall alwaies endeauour to haue the duke of Tuscanie for friend, so as he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be a defence for him against strangers.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 must now speake of the Tuscane sea: and doubtlesse it is fit that the Pope haue [ XXXI] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 galleys well appointed, as well to assure the sea and nauigation, as for a certain 〈…〉〈…〉 and reputation; for that it would seeme an vnworthie thing to abandon this 〈…〉〈…〉 the which the Church hath so many places: & it seems that a prince which doth 〈…〉〈…〉 his sea forces to them at land cannot be held powerfull: but the galleys might 〈…〉〈…〉 in commaund to some order of knights, to whom they might giue the Island 〈…〉〈…〉 for their aboad. But to know of what sort this order should be instituted: the 〈…〉〈…〉 of the great duke Cosmo doth shew it, the manner whereof would be tedious to 〈…〉〈…〉 were fit that the chiefe of the order should remaine at Ponze with the galleys; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••hat the galley-slaues and the other people, whom the bad aire consumes at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 would be more healthfull there, and more lustie; and also that by their aide 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which is eighteene miles in circuit, and hath neere vnto it Palmaiuole which hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Ianuco six, with three other smaller Islands, all fertile (the which in Strahos 〈…〉〈…〉 full of inhabitants) should be secured from pirats, and manured. And they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 also draw some profit from this sea, which abounds in fish, & especially pilchards. 〈…〉〈…〉 the galleys should be in a fit place to discouer the sea, and more commodious 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pirats, which should go towards the land to get some bootie, or in their return. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is not any thing whereof they should haue more care, than to preserue and 〈…〉〈…〉 the inhabitants of the State, for thereon doth the greatnesse of all 〈…〉〈…〉.

••••••upon I thinke it fit to discourse of the reason why in many parts of Italie the [ XXXII] 〈…〉〈…〉 their inhabitants faile, that we may preuent it in the Estate wherof we speake. 〈…〉〈…〉 faile partly by naturall causes, as the plague, and partly also by causes which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••aturall and humane, as famine (for that it doth seldome happen that nature 〈◊〉〈◊〉 earth, without the concourse and couetousnesse of men) and partly by causes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meerely humane, as war, thefts, spoiles, and such like. Men decay also for that 〈…〉〈…〉 pay from forraine princes, and go to serue in their wars; and in this point 〈…〉〈…〉 any Estate that smarts more than the Church, for that it is as a common field, 〈…〉〈…〉 euery one hath his desseignes, and whose forces they all imploy. Men decay 〈…〉〈…〉 the prince ouerchargeth his countries with taxes and impositions, by reason 〈…〉〈…〉 the people not able to maintaine themselues, marrie not, or else they leaue the 〈…〉〈…〉: or if any marrie, and make their aboad there, they haue no meanes to entertaine 〈…〉〈…〉, much lesse to breed vp their children, by reason whereof the high waies are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ggers. Men decay also in those places whereas the prince not onely takes away 〈…〉〈…〉 substance, but also shuts vp the money which he drawes from them; for 〈…〉〈…〉 away their siluer by impositions, he doth also depriue them of their liues, in 〈…〉〈…〉 them all meanes of getting, to pay those impositions: but he doth worse, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 onely depriues his subiects of all meanes to get, but will also haue the gaine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vsing trafficke. War and enterprises a far off which consume many, for that 〈…〉〈…〉; the which the Spaniards find in their enterprises of America, and haue tried 〈…〉〈…〉 of Flanders, and the Portugals in their voiages to ths East Indies: the Turkes 〈…〉〈…〉 triall of the like in their wars of Persia, and in like manner in those of 〈…〉〈…〉 that makes a people miserable and •• countrie desart, is gluttony, and pompe, 〈…〉〈…〉 the cause that they which should be able to feed ten persons with their 〈…〉〈…〉 are scarce able to maintain one, and that laboring in vaine and superfluous things, 〈…〉〈…〉 the profitable and necessarie. The people also decay if the profits first 〈…〉〈…〉 many, come into the hands of few: the which happened to Italie vnder the 〈…〉〈…〉 by reason whereof Pli••ie saieth, That it was without inhabitants, for the 〈…〉〈…〉 few mens wealth.

¶ The Gouernment of the auncient Romanes.

〈…〉〈…〉 the Romanes gouernment hath beene so good, as in a manner all their 〈…〉〈…〉 succeeded happily, I thought I should giue content vnto the Reader, if I did

〈◊〉〈◊〉 a briefe description of the auncient gouernment of those who made thems••lues [ A] ••••••refull to all that were knowne vnto them, as well for their wisedome, and admirable conduct, as for their valor. I wil therefore begin with the Senat, of whom depended all the gouernment of affaires, and I wil shew how it was before the Monarchie, and what after.

[ XXXIII] The order of Senators was instituted by Romulus, who considering that his towne was fortified with able and actiue young men, and that it was of nolesse importance to streng∣then it with councell, he made choise of a hundred of the chiefe citizens at that time, whom he called Fathers by honour, and Senators in regard of their age; and they that were afterwards borne of these fathers, were called Pat••ieij. Tullus Hostilius made this or∣der more perfect after that he had ruined Alba, and carried the inhabitants to Rome: for [ B] he receiued then among the Senators, the Tullij, the Seruily, the Quintij, the Gregantij, and the Clodij: but when the kings were expelled, Brutus the Consull seeing the Senat ••••stitute of good men, would haue the chiefe of the Order of Knights made Senators, and called them Patres Cons••ripti, that is to say, ioined with the fathers. These Senators ••ooke vpon them so great authoritie, as they gouerned all the affaires of the common-weale; so as neither the Kings, Consulls, nor Dictators, nor any other Magistrat, did any thing, but what was first resolued in the Senat; and Tarquin the Proud hauing done many things without the authoritie of the Senat, was called Tirant, & in the end lost his Estate. I find there were three orders of Senators; for that some were called Patricij, others Pe∣darij, and the third Conscripti: we haue spoken of the Patricij, and Conscripti; but as for [ C] the Pedarij they were so called for many reasons: some say that they might not speake their opinions in the Senat, but did consent to others, or, Pedibus ire in sententiam aliorum: others affirme, that many Senators being in office, they went to the Senat in Litters or Coaches, and that the rest who were no Magistrats went on foot, and for this cause were called Pedarij. Varro saieth that there were certaine knights who hauing executed the greatest offices of magistracie, being not yet comprehended in the Senat by the Censors, could not deliuer their opinions in the Senat, but onely assist there, and assent with the opinions of others. But to set downe the order of giuing their opinions in the Senat, I f••sd th•••• in the beginning they were accustomed to suffer him to giue his opinion first, who had beene appointed head of the Senat by the Censors. Sometimes also they that [ D] were chosen Consulls began. Tully in his discourse de Senectute saieth, that in old time they gaue this preheminence to the most ancient: yet they say that he which was entrea∣ted by the Consull, should speake his opinion first, according to a custome which had bin brought in, bo•••••• might not entreat any one that was not of the Consular order. Aulus Oc••••ius faith, that Varto writes of those that might assemble the Senat, and name a Dicta∣tor, a Cons••ll, a Pretor, a Tribune of the people, and the Prefect of the towne: he adds the Tribunes of the war, who had beene Proconsulls, the Dec••mvi••i or ten men, who had then 〈◊〉〈◊〉 power and the two men created to order the Common-weale: he saith 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he doth not remember whether the Prefect of the citie of the Latins had this au∣thoritie, for that he was no Senator, no•• gaue his opinion in the Senat. Varro saith, that [ E] the Prefect of the citie might assemble the Senat, and the Tribune of the people might do the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, before the Law Atinius, although he were no Senator: but they hold that in regard of the place whereas they mig•••• assemble the Senat, it could not be but where the Augu••es di•• appoint••, which was by them called Temple. And the Senat being as∣sembled in the court of ••••stilia, of Pomp••y, and afterwards in that of Iulia, which were ••••••phane places, the Augu••es ordained that they should be made Temples, that accor∣•••••••• to the custome of the•••• predecessors, the deliberations might passe. As for the time 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••emblie, the same author saith that it was of no force if it were made before the Sunne rising, or after the setting; and moreouer, that the Censor should appoint the time to deliberat. As for the age of Senators, since that which happened to Papirius Pre∣text••tus, [ F] it was ordained that no man vnder the age of fiue & twentie yeres should remain within the Senat, as we read in Plutarche in the life of Pompey. Varro faith also that he that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 enter into the Sen••••, should first sacrifice; and that their resolutions were after 〈…〉〈…〉, either by dispu••••, or if the ••••tter were doubtfull, by euery mans opinion,

••h••y set a fine vpon euerie one that came not vnto the Senat whenas it assembled. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••osthumes that were borne after their fathers death, were notwithstanding called 〈…〉〈…〉 the Senat. But they that were conceiued and borne after that their fathers had 〈…〉〈…〉 put out of the Senat, were not held for Senators children: and contrariwise, if 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ere conceiued before this accident. But if the children conceiued of a father which 〈…〉〈…〉 put out of the Senat, he dying, they came after his death into the power of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••andfather a Senator, they were of the Senat.

〈…〉〈…〉 the Tribunes of the light horse, Romulus did first institute them whenas he 〈…〉〈…〉 hundred Knights, the which he imployed in all the necessities of the 〈…〉〈…〉 and called them Ramnesiens, Tatiens, and Luceres.

〈…〉〈…〉 creation of Questors is most auncient, for they were ordained in a manner before 〈…〉〈…〉 Magistrats; for it is certaine that Tullus Hostilius created them: and whereas 〈…〉〈…〉 that Romulus had two Questors, it is not certaine. They say they were called 〈…〉〈…〉 for that they were to exact the publicke mony, and had the charge of the 〈…〉〈…〉, and that one part of these officers went throughout the Prouinces to 〈…〉〈…〉 money due for customes; and the other part had the charge to read in the Senat 〈…〉〈…〉 which came from all parts. We read, the Questors did sometimes examine 〈…〉〈…〉; and Varro affirmes, that they were called Questors of the question or torture 〈…〉〈…〉 ••hey ordained should be giuen to malefactors. Their manner was to chuse 〈…〉〈…〉 well from among the people, as out of the Patricij. And for that the Consulls 〈…〉〈…〉 ••ot condemne a citizen of Rome to death without commission from the people, 〈…〉〈…〉, That the Questors should haue the charge of capitall causes: and these 〈…〉〈…〉 Questors of murthers.

〈…〉〈…〉 now looke into the beginning of the Duumviri, or two men, we must bring 〈…〉〈…〉 the time of king Tullus Hostilius who ordained them, whenas Horatius 〈…〉〈…〉 of the Curiatij, had slaine his sister. This king seeing that euerie man 〈…〉〈…〉 ••im to die, he appointed these two men to be Iudges of the fact, who 〈…〉〈…〉 but he appealed from their sentence, and was absolued by the people. This was 〈…〉〈…〉 of the two men, to whom they added a third, and for that they had the 〈…〉〈…〉 of capitall crimes, they had also the gouernement of the prisons of malefactors: 〈…〉〈…〉 Liuius saith, That this Magistrat was imployed in the condemnation of Caius 〈…〉〈…〉 Capitolinus: and they also did punish all them that were found to be of Cattelins 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Prefect or Gouernour of the Citie, his jurisdiction extended throughout 〈…〉〈…〉: he tooke knowledge of all crimes that were committed: he gaue audience to· 〈…〉〈…〉 fled vnto the Statues and complained of their Maisters. He had also power 〈…〉〈…〉 as also those which accused any woman to haue committed adulterie with her 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tutors and Curators appeared also before him for all matters which concerned 〈…〉〈…〉, and they tooke knowledge of the ingratitude of freemen to their Maisters. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 charge of all things that were ••old, that the prices might be reasonable. He sent 〈…〉〈…〉 all parts, to giue him intelligence what was done. Finally, his creation hauing 〈…〉〈…〉 long, his jurisdiction was giuen to the Pretor of the Feries, or feasts, vntill that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 began to create him againe.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 most auncient Authors affirme, That the Consuls power was instituted in 〈…〉〈…〉 the kings: for the kings being expelled, they found two men which had the like 〈…〉〈…〉 but limited in regard of the time, for that it continued but a yeare. They had 〈…〉〈…〉 or Sergeants, and all other markes which the kings were wont to haue. And for 〈…〉〈…〉 should counsell that which was profitable for the Common-weale, they were 〈…〉〈…〉 Consuls. The first Consuls after the expulsion of the kings, were Lucius Iunius Bru∣••••, and Tarquin Collatinus. Brutus agreed with his companion, That but one of them at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 should march with the royall ensignes, to the end that the people, seeing them 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with these markes, should not complaine that they had gotten two kings for one. 〈…〉〈…〉 were twelue Lictors which carried rodds with Axes, and went before the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Valerius the Consull was Authour of a law, by the which it was lawfull to appeale

from all Magistrats; and then the Consular authoritie began to be lesse than the Regall. [ A] In old time the Consulls were chosen from among the Senators; but in the end, the Romans being tyred with the seditions of the Tribunes, they suffered one of the Con∣sulls to be chosen from among the people. The first Consull of this order was Lucius Sequatius.

The Dictators authoritie was so great, as there was no appeale from his sentence, and he had soueraigne jurisdiction ouer the people of Rome. They were not accustomed to create a Dictator, but vpon some occasion which did threaten ruine to the citie. In the beginning they might not chuse a Dictator which was not a Patricius; yet in the warres which the Romans had against the Falisques, they did chuse from among the people C. [ B] Marius Rutilius to be Dictator. The first Dictator at Rome was Titus Largius. This of∣fice (by reason of his power) might not be held aboue six moneths: but vnder the name of this office, Lucius Scilla, and Iulius Cesar, made themselues maisters of Rome, and sought by that meanes to auoid the odious name of Tyrants.

The Maister of the horse had jurisdiction ouer all the souldiers: The first was called Spurius Cassius, who was created by T. Largius the first Dictator. Finally, the office of Magister Equitum was the same with the Dictator, that the Praefectus Praetorio was with Caesar.

The occasion of creating Tribunes, was the diuision of the people with the Senat: So as when the people were retired to the sacred Hill, they pacified them, promising, That [ C] there should be Magistrats of the people; to whom they gaue then two Tribunes, that is, A. Virginius, and T. Vetusius. Then there happening another seperation, they ad∣ded three more; and afterwards fiue: so as the Romans had ten Tribunes, whose autho∣ritie grew so great, as whatsoeuer the Senat had concluded, was good, if the Tribunes did allow of it. They stood at the entrie of the place where the Senat did assemble, who acquainted the Senat with what they had decreed, to allow thereof, or to add, or take away what they should thinke profitable for the Common-weale, and for a signe of their Confirmation, they should add vnto the writing the letter T. The greatest im∣portance of the institution of Tribunes, was, That they interposed themselues at inter∣cessions, that no violence might be done by other Magistrats: and the lesser was, That [ D] they presented lawes vnto the people, which they called Plebescita, in the which the authoritie of the Senat was not required. They did also assigne Prouinces to them that went to gouerne them in the place of Consuls, as we read in Plutarch in the life of Cat••. They did also obserue, That if all the Tribunes were agreed except one, he alone might contradict and crosse all the rest.

In the warre of the Eques, the Consulls Albus Posthumius, and Sp. Furius created T. Quintius their Proconsul or Lieutenant: since which time there haue beene Procon∣suls, which haue had all the markes of Consuls, onely they had but six Lictors, whenas they vsed their jurisdiction committed by the Consulls, yet soone after they began to haue a priuat authoritie: for the bounds of the Empire being large, it was decreed, That [ E] they that left to be Consuls, should begin to be Proconsuls, and so they should gouerne the Prouinces of the Empire, diuiding them among them by chaunce. The Proconsul had no jurisdiction out of the Prouince that was fallen vnto him, although it were volun∣tarie, as to make men free, and to adopt. If he carried his wife with him into the Pro∣uince, he might punish her if she committed any offence. He might not buy any thing but victuals within the Prouince. He might not determine any causes which required examination, but whereas it required no such diligence, as when there were question of the obedience of children to their parents, and such like, he might judge summa∣rily. He might also giue commaundement to whip Libertines that were ingratefull to their maisters. [ F]

The Proconsulls were accustomed (by reason of the multitude of their affaires) to send Legats into their Prouinces, who did exercise jurisdiction, not of their owne autho∣ritie, but as deputies to the Proconsul, who could not substitute them before he came into the Prouince. If the Legats found any matter of importance which required the

〈…〉〈…〉 of the Iudge, the Legats were to referre that to the Proconsul, for that they had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••horitie, either to beat or to put to death; yet they might giue a Iudge to them that 〈…〉〈…〉 and tutors to pupills.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 diles of the people, ordained that they should make the publicke feasts, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 must spend according to their dignitie and patrimonie. Pedian saith that 〈…〉〈…〉 beene made Edile, and hauing at his owne charge caused a very rich theatre 〈◊〉〈◊〉 built, would haue therein a chariot with certaine elephants, besides the stately 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which he caused to be made. The Ediles had the charge to see euery Romane set in 〈…〉〈…〉 to keepe the order of his dignitie: if the buyer were deceiued by the seller, in 〈…〉〈…〉 sicke beast for a found, he had recourse vnto the Edile, who had charge of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ditches, aqueducts, and buildings.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Prefect of wheat had the charge to prouide corne from all parts, and commaund 〈◊〉〈◊〉 had more than would serue his owne turne, to sell it, setting a reasonable price. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••eople of Rome were often relieued by this Magistrat, whenas they were in want. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his businesse of corne grew to be of such authoritie, as all persons which in other 〈…〉〈…〉 not allowed to accuse, were admitted in this, as whores, and such like.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tribunes Militarie, whom they tooke indifferently from the people or Senat, were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 twentie in number, sometimes more, and sometimes lesse; but in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 created onely three, which were A. Sempronius Amacinus, L. Attilius, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and they came from being Consuls to be Militarie Tribunes with Consular 〈◊〉〈◊〉 then as M. Genucius, and P. Horatius left their consulships: and this Magistrat had 〈…〉〈…〉 with the Consulls, only the name is changed, and the people deale in it. 〈…〉〈…〉, although in the beginning they were of small authoritie, yet it grew so 〈…〉〈…〉 thereon depended the manners and discipline of the Romanes, the gouernment 〈…〉〈…〉, the jurisdiction of priuat men, and the tolles of publicke places 〈…〉〈…〉 the Romanes. They tooke out of the Senat such as they held vnworthy, and 〈…〉〈…〉 they thought good: they tooke horse and armes from souldiers that were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••nd they that delighted in persumes and rich apparrell were noted by them with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of infamie, and put out of the armie. In the beginning when as one Censor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 held that the other would serue for both: but it was decreed that one Censor 〈…〉〈…〉, the other should leaue his office, and they should creat two new: the reason 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that at such time as the Gauls tooke Rome, one of the Censors being dead, they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••stitute another in his place, the which afterwards they held for a bad presage. The 〈…〉〈…〉 had also power to limit vsurie.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the citie had authoritie to make new lawes, and to disanull old, and in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whatsoeuer he ordained was called Lex honoraria. They granted vnto the Pretors 〈◊〉〈◊〉 signes, and in a manner all consular Ornaments. This Pretor of the citie did ride 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in white.

〈…〉〈…〉 end there being a concourse of all nations to Rome, they created a Pretor, which 〈…〉〈…〉 Peregrinus, who heard the causes of strangers: and in the end the number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••reat, as there were sometimes eighteene Pretors. But after they had taken 〈…〉〈…〉, Spaine, and the prouince of Narbo••a, they created as many Pretors as there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ouinces taken, to the end that some of them should take knowledge of the affaires 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the rest of the businesse of the prouinces. Afterwards Scilla added the 〈…〉〈…〉 torture, as for counterfeiters, parricides, and poisoners, and he created four 〈…〉〈…〉 ordained two Pretors, and two Ediles, who had the charge of corne, and they 〈…〉〈…〉 Cereaux, of the name of Ceres. Augustus afterwards made sixteene Pretors, 〈…〉〈…〉 added two, whereof Tiberius tooke away one, and Nerua added another.

〈…〉〈…〉 the Tribunes of the light horse were with the kings, or the Maisters of the horse 〈…〉〈…〉 Dictator, such were the Prefecti Pretorij with the Emperors: for these holding 〈…〉〈…〉 place vnto them, and being to correct the publicke discipline, their authoritie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 great, as whereas in the beginning they did appeale from the Prefect, this appeale 〈…〉〈…〉 away by the prince, who thought that such as had attained to that dignitie by 〈◊〉〈◊〉, should judge as himselfe. These Prefects had a priuiledge, that Minors against

whom they had giuen sentence could haue no remedie, whereas they might haue had, be∣ing [ A] condemned by other Magistrats.

Augustus thinking that the preseruation of the publicke did not belong to any but himselfe, ordained seuen troupes of souldiers in such places of the citie as had most need, to the end they might speedily releeue such places as should be set on fire: and the order was such as one troupe or companie did keepe two regions of the citie, and the Tribunes were the heads of these troups, and the Prefect of the guards had the commaund of them all; he tooke knowledge of causes concerning fire, and thefts, if the crime were not so great, as it was needful to deliuer the partie into the hands of the Prefect of the citie: be∣sides, the Prefect did watch a good part of the night, and went armed throughout the [ B] citie, warning euery man to haue a care of fire, and to keepe water in their houses.

It remaines that we speake of Caesars Procurator, who was Iudge betwixt Caesar and the people. This Magistrat had ample authoritie, so as whatsoeuer he did mannage for the Emperor, was of as great force as if the Emperor himselfe had done it. But if this Procu∣rator did alienat any thing of the Emperors as his owne, it was not therefore held that the Emperor had alienated it, which might not be done without the Emperors consent. Finally if he treated of sale or of donation, he did nothing that was of force, for that his office was not to alienat the Emperour lands, but to mannage his affaires diligently. And whenas a slaue of Cesars was made heire by testament, he ordained that he should suc∣ceed in this inheritance, which came directly to the Emperor, for that the slaue gets all [ C] to his maister. But if Caesar were heire, and his Procurator did enter into the inheritance, he did thereby put the Emperor in possession. This Magistrat had no power to banish.

The name of President is generall, for that the Proconsuls, the Legats of Caesar, and all that gouerned prouinces (so as they were Senators) were called Presidents.

¶ The Gouernment at this day.

[ XXXIIII] THe Popes authoritie disperseth it selfe into so many members, as they of his court grow commonly old before they vnderstand this gouernment; the which I will en∣deauour to relate as briefely as I can. There is first the Colledge of Cardinalls, whereof [ D] the Pope is head: and of these the number hath not beene certaine in our time, although we find that in fo••mertimes there were but twelue, after the example of the Apostles. These Cardinalls were accustomed in old time to go vnto the Popetwice a weeke, but af∣faires of importance increasing in our time, they assemble but once, and their assemblie is commonly called the Consistorie. There they appoint them that are chosen Bishops and Archbishops, or made Patria••kes when the seats are void, whose election doth not belong to a chapter, a towne, a prouince, a king, or to any other persons: for in that case they are chosen by the Pope, and by this Senat to whom this reseruation belongs by a priuiledge from all the Popes, and this reseruation hath beene accustomed to extend it selfe to certaine Monasteries which are found taxedin the booke of the Chamber, and [ E] which they giue in charge to men that are capable, and therefore they call them Con∣sistoriall Monasteries, for that none but the Consistorie disposeth of them. Finally here they treat of all things which belong vnto the faith and religion, to the peace of Christi∣a••••, and to preseruation of the temporall estate of the Church. Here the Prouinces, the Regulars, and Kings, haue their Proctors, whose charge is to propound the elections, and other causes of their prouinces to the Senat: and he that propounds is accustomed in ••l••ctions to here them that oppose, if there be any, and to seeke our many things that are required in his person whom they are to chuse for the Church that is void, and which belong vnto the said Church: this is also done by the meanes of witnesses (which search they do commonly call processe) and all these things are set downe in writing in the Se∣nat, [ F] and he deliuers the Senats answere to them that attend, signing and sealing with the se••le of the Apostolicke See the answere, the which is presented by them that attend 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Vice-Chancellor, who makes another certificat in his name, by the which he doth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all the offi••ers which are to make the dispatches, making a repetition of the

〈◊〉〈◊〉 businesse. After this report, the Petitioners sue to haue a briefe, conformable to 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••port, that is to say, it shal be first done by them that make the abridgements, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 written by the Clarkes, then dispatcht by others, by the Chancerie, or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••hamber, and sometimes extraordinarily by the Secretarie: and when all is done, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the seale of lead.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 great Penitencier, in that which belongs to his absolution, doth exercise the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [ XXXV] which hath been committed vnto him by the Pope, by many Vicars and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which they call Penitenciers, who are diuided throughout all the greatest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Rome, as S. Peter, S. Iohn de Lateran, and S. Marie Maior. But he grants no 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the obseruation of humane laws, but in some cases: and he himselfe by a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Commission from the Pope, heares sutors, then hauing knowne their demands, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be any reason why the Petitioner should be heard, and that which he requires 〈…〉〈…〉 accustomed to be graunted by the Pope, he writes by authoritie of his office, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vertue of his generall Commission from the Popes mouth; and assures in his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••hat by vertue of his Commission, he writes from the Popes mouth: writing alwaies 〈…〉〈…〉 of these manners, Fiat informa, Fiat de speciali, Fiat de expresso, and by these 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of speaking, he lets them that tax vnderstand the importance of the Request; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••he writing of the Penitencier doth varie in forme, so the taxes of the payments are 〈…〉〈…〉 the officers. And the multitude of humane laws, both of the Pope, of 〈…〉〈…〉 of Monasteries, is so great at this day, as men being in some sort bound, and 〈…〉〈…〉 auncient libertie, flie with great humilitie to the Penitentier, who markes 〈…〉〈…〉 the Suppliants demaund; then they dispatch the Bulls vnder his name 〈…〉〈…〉 And for that many times he doth not write backe precisely, requiring some 〈…〉〈…〉 of the Suppliant, he appoints Iudges by his writing, who shall take 〈…〉〈…〉 fact, and herein he puts others in his place. This office hath for the greater 〈…〉〈…〉 of them which come for expeditions, foure and twentie men to defend 〈…〉〈…〉 these are called Proctors of the Penitentiarie. He giues Dispensations to marrie 〈…〉〈…〉 degrees prohibited, as also he admits the Legitimation of bastards. He 〈…〉〈…〉 the lacke of members in any that will receiue Orders, or hold Benefices, as also 〈…〉〈…〉 ••any. He absolues for murthers in Foro conscientie, and in regard of Clarkes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Courts, with a retention of Benefices, and dispensation for the rest. He doth the 〈…〉〈…〉, periurie, change of vowes, and dispenceth with the Regulars of any 〈…〉〈…〉 for their rules. Moreouer, he giues indlugences to places and persons, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Commissions in forme of law, as vpon the nullitie of some marriage, and such 〈…〉〈…〉

〈…〉〈…〉 euerie day demaund the signing of such things from the Pope as proceed [ XXXVI] 〈…〉〈…〉 the bountie, as the graunts of B••nefices, and other things, the which are also 〈…〉〈…〉 committed to the great Penitentier, and also matters of justice touching the 〈…〉〈…〉 all parts of the world; and in like manner those which concerne the 〈…〉〈…〉 of the Church of Rome, and in all other places, so as they come either by 〈…〉〈…〉 person which is of the Church, or by the permission of Princes, or by consent 〈…〉〈…〉, to the Court of Rome. The Pope, for the more easie dispatch ofsutors, 〈…〉〈…〉 two Audiences for all these things, in the one of which they demaund 〈…〉〈…〉 grace, and in the other those of justice; so as th••y are diue••sly called, that is to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Signature of grace, and the Signature of justice. The Pope appoints ouer these 〈…〉〈…〉 certaine Lawyers; and to the Signature of Grace, all the Cardinalls which 〈…〉〈…〉 the law: and it is seldome that they depute any Prelats which are not 〈…〉〈…〉 they call Referendaries) to that of Grace or Iustice. These haue charge to 〈…〉〈…〉 the contents of all petitions, and if they be things vsuall to be graunted, they set 〈…〉〈…〉 to the end of the petition, signifying thereby vnto the Pope, or vnto the 〈…〉〈…〉 must signe it, that the thing which they demaund may be graunted. But if 〈…〉〈…〉 requires any thing which may preiudice another, they doe not graunt it 〈…〉〈…〉 calling the third person: and if the matter be important or doubtfull, the 〈…〉〈…〉 doth impart it to the rest in the Audience, and the sutor doth not obtaine it vn∣lesse

they all agree in the Signature. Wherefore the Pope hath appointed a Cardinall [ A] ouer the two Signatures, who doth vsually graunt small matters, and also those which are of weight, if they be accustomed to be granted. The Referendaries of the Signature of Grace, doe vsually reiect those petitions which containe matter belonging vnto justice, as if the Pope tooke it ill they should do that which belongs properly to his charge. The Signature hath one certaine day in the weeke, whenas the Referendaries assemble: by reason whereof they which plead are accustomed to go the day before with their Aduo∣cats vnto the Referendaries, and sometimes plead their cause (though seldome) before them. On the day appointed, it is the Referendaries charge briefely to report the Petiti∣oners requests, and the matter hauing beene debated among these Iudges, he that is Pre∣sident [ B] giues sentence according to the pluralitie of voyces, and the Referendaries doe ne∣uer propound a petition againe which hath beene reiected, or at the least they doe it ve∣rie seldome. The Pope doth in a manner alwaies subscribe with these words, Placet P. whenas they treat of matters of justice: but when there is a question of grace, he writes, Fiat vt petitur P. And this P. signifies the Popes name, as Paule; but if he hath another name, as Iulio, he writes I. and so of the rest. And if the Pope subscribes at any time, not at any ones suit, but of his owne motion, he doth not set downe, Vt petitur, but adds in the end, Motu proprio. But the Cardinall of the Signature of Grace, writes alwaies after one forme, Concessum in praesentia D. N. Papae; then he sets to his name, and yet he doth not subscribe in the Popes presence, but it is lawfull for him to doe it by his generall [ C] Commission. As for the forme of writing in cases of justice, the Cardinal (who hath the charge) subscribes whenas they write to the Iudges of the Court of Rome, Placet D. N. Papae; and adds his name: and if the businesse be directed to the Iudges of Prouinces, he sets, Concessum in praesentia D. N. Papae; then the Cardinall adds his name, and sometimes he writes, Placet prout de iure, Placet arbitrio Iudicis, Concessum arbitrio, &c. And you must vnderstand, that writings of justice which are sent to Iudges of Prouinces, come not vnto the Regents hands, but are presently referred vnto the Datarie, like vnto those of Grace, where he sets the day of the date; then he writes them into the Register, and then they deliuer them vnto the Petitioners, or to their Solicitors, in that forme that they must be dispatcht. For the expedition whereof, there are three meanes; when it is a matter of ju∣stice, [ D] by the Chancerie, and by the office of Contradicts, vnder Lead, or by the Secreta∣rie in forme of a Briefe, Sub Annulo piscatoris: but if it he a matter of grace, he is dispatcht by the said Chauncerie, or by the Chamber, and sometimes extraordinarily by the Se∣cretarie.

[ XXXVII] The office of the Chauncerie hath a Cardinall to ouersee it, who is called Vice∣Chancellor. His dignitie (according to the opinion of them of the Popes Court) giues him the first rancke of all the said Court. He, by reason of his office, is President in the dispatch of all matters Ecclesiasticall which go throughout the world, and likewise ouer them that dispatch them, which are verie many, as Abreuiators of the Parc (whose charge is to dictate the letters of the sutors petition, and what they dictate is by them called [ E] Minute) Cla••kes, vnder Abreuiators, Solicitors, they that haue the office of the leaden Seale, and Registers. All these haue a hand in the dispatch of letters. There are other officers which we must find out when there are any dispatches to be made touching the payment of rents, and these are the Clarkes of the Chauncerie, the Chamberlaines, and others.

[ XXXVIII] The Audience of the Apostolicke Chamber was first erected, the better to dispatch businesse, and to that end the Pope had choise of six Prelats of his houshold, whom they call Clarkes of the Chamber. These were Councellors of the houshold to the Pope, who treated with them in priuat of all matters which did concerne him, as of the gouern∣ment of the Citie of Rome, and of all the temporall Estate, and the account of the trea∣sure. [ F] There the Pope did chuse the Magistrats, by reason whereof they at this day take the oath for their offices before the Chamberlaines. There they made the contracts for publicke matters which concerned the Pope, and where they are accustomed to dispatch letters of benefices in a manner like vnto the Chancerie, whenas Sutors chuse this for

〈◊〉〈◊〉 shortest way, or else in regard of the matter which is in question, or else for that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cannot be dispatcht by the Chauncerie, but requires the Popes expresse com∣••••••••••ement. In this place they did condemne malefactors to Ecclesiasticall 〈…〉〈…〉 temporal, according to the qualitie of the person, or of the crime, and they did 〈◊〉〈◊〉 many other things. But the affaires of Rome are so multiplied, as the 〈…〉〈…〉 this burthen by little and little, comes seldome into this Audience, except it be 〈…〉〈…〉 which doth import his reuenues, or doth concerne some bad expedition of 〈…〉〈…〉 Pope doth sometimes dispatch the foresaid matters by himselfe, without the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of his Chamber, and in the execution he calls for the Secretaries of his 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Chamberlaine is accustomed by the aduice of seuen Clarkes, and sometimes of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 priuat motion, to write in forme of law to the Iudges, as of all prophane 〈…〉〈…〉 belong to Magistrats in the temporall Estate of the Church, and without it, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 payment of the tenthes, fruits, benefices, spoiles of priests that be dead, and other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which concerne the Apostolicke Chamber: and he writes ••uery day as if he had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••undement from the Popes owne mouth, and his writings are called letters of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ber, the expedition whereof are made after two sorts, for either they are made vp 〈◊〉〈◊〉, or else they are open without the Chamberlains seale.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Treasuror hath the custodie of all the money that enters into the Chamber, and 〈…〉〈…〉 is to receiue it, keepe it, and spend it where need is. Sometime this money is 〈…〉〈…〉 the hands of some great merchant, who receiues it by commission from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and makes payments, & he is called the Gardian. The Auditor of the 〈…〉〈…〉 charge of Spirituall matters, and is followed by the Gouernor who doth 〈…〉〈…〉, and is the executioner of the secular arme, decides of truces, 〈…〉〈…〉 complaints of vassalls against their lords, although they be capitall, within 〈…〉〈…〉 of Rome. He hath authoritie ouer all the office••s of the citie, and takes care 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quiet of the citie and court of Rome. If thou wilt read the chapter of Sixtus the 〈…〉〈…〉 of Iulio the second, thou shalt see at large the authoritie of this Gouernor.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 President of the Apostolicke Chamber receiues the account of all those that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to deale with money of the Chamber within the citie of Rome, or within 〈…〉〈…〉, and makes his account in the Audience of the Chamber.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 for that they treat sometimes in the Audience of the Chamber, of matters 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Treasuror and priuat persons, it hath beene ordained that priuat men should 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Aduocat in this Audience, at the publicke charge, for the defence of poore mens 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••gainst the Aduocats of the Treasure.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 is another Aduocat which defends the Treasurer as well in the Audience, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉, before the other Iudges in the courts of Rome, where it is needful to answere 〈…〉〈…〉 law; and he is of the Consistoriall Order.

The Proctor of the Fis•• or Treasuror, defends all fiscall matters in the Audience, and 〈…〉〈…〉 any other Iudges in the court of Rome: and fiscall matters are those whereas they 〈…〉〈…〉 the publicke libertie, or of the publicke treasure. This office is very necessarie and 〈…〉〈…〉 authoritie in the court of Rome. This Proctor out of the Audience takes 〈…〉〈…〉 the secret causes, sees them at his pleasure, and giues his aduice, although he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Iudges: he is admitted in publicke Consistories, and may require that 〈…〉〈…〉 a publicke instrument made by one of the Protonotaries for a perpetuall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••hings done publickely.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Commissarie of the Apostolike Chamber doth execute the affaires of the 〈…〉〈…〉 the Iudges are not to deale: he hath charge of exactions, ambassages, 〈…〉〈…〉, and other things which belong vnto the Chamber.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 last of all those of the Apostolicke Chamber, is he which defends the ••ights and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 assigned to Cardinalls, or any thing else that concerns the said Cardinalls. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Iudges of the court of Rome being very great, and there being many in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 doth many times fall out, that by reason of the great imployment of Iudges, ••••ometimes of purpose, matters are protracted longer than the qualitie of causes, and

the troublesome abiding in prison doth require: wherefore the Cardinalls doe euery [ A] moneth visit them as soueraigne Iudges. Yet they that haue place in Audience of the Chamber do not assemble for these visits: but he that is Lieutenant to the Chamber∣laine, and in a manner alwaies one of the said Clarkes, and with them all the officers of the Chamber, except the Treasuror & the President. All these at a certaine day go and sit for a time in some publicke place, in the prisons of the citie, where the prisoners are called before them in order, and heard if they will: and they deliuer the prisoners they heare, or moderat their punishment, and sometimes when they are altogether vnable to pay, they admit them to a simple cession of their goods, and so set them out of prison.

Neere vnto the two last prisons, that is to say, of the court of Sauelle, and of the tower [ B] of None, there are inferiour Iudges, who take their names of these two places. The ap∣pellation from the Iudge of the tower of None goes vnto the Gouernors court, and that of the court of Sauelle to the Auditor of the Chamber, who decides the causes for the which they appeale: although the Gouernor meddles with the appellation of the court of Sauelle, yet they belong vnto the Auditor. The curtezans and common women of the citie pay a certaine tribute yearely vnto this Iudge, and this is so auncient, as the con∣trarie not appearing, they force them that refuse to pay it.

[ XXXIX] Besides the ordinarie court, there is another sort of Romane citisens, to whom the Pope hath giuen a Pretor, whom they call Senator: he remaines in the Capitole, and doth justice to the citisens of Rome by ordinarie authoritie. He hath three Leiutenants [ C] or Substituts two whereof which preside at priuat judgements, are called Collaterall: these are different in dignitie, for the one is called the first, another the second, and the third the Iudge of crimes: and if they appeale from any one of them, there is a priuat Iudge in the Capitole for al these appellations; if his sentence be conformable to the first, there is no more appeale. There are also certain Seats, whereas all trades (which are markt in little tables vnder a porch, where they read the trades) c••use their Consulls, which are trades men, who doe right vnto their companions touching their art, and they that hold themselues wronged go and propound their griefes vnto the Conseruator of the citie, who remaines in the Capitole. This jurisdiction was confirmed by Pope Iulio the second, Leo the tenth, and Paul the third. [ D]

[ XL] There are afterwards a kind of persons, which are the priests to whom the Pope giues a vicar of his He, in Rome and in all his diocesse hath the same authoritie that the Pope, whose Vicar he is, and Ordinarie, for that there are priests vnder his jurisdiction: he pre∣scribes to penitents the marke of their penance, conferrs the sacraments of the Church, and by the law of the diocesse makes an assemblie, or holds a congregation, and visits the Churches and regular Monasteries, if they haue no priuiledge which doth free them: he may also enquire, correct, punish, take away, and giue benefices. By vertue of an Indult or Pardon granted by the Pope, his Vicars jurisdiction extends to all lay men and strangers, who for any fraternitie, aboad, or seruice to Hospitalls or Monasteries, seeme to follow the religion; and also ouer all the Iewes of the citie, widowes, pupils, & poore Christians, [ E] as if they were in the bosome of the Church. And by the same Indult his authoritie ex∣tends to causes whereas they treat not of the proprietie, but of rents and pensions, and also of that which concernes farmes, fields, vines, and rents: but in matters concerning the proprietie, he may not judge aboue sixtie duckats of gold of the Chamber, and in these causes his authoritie extends fortie miles from Rome. He hath foure Notaries or publicke Registers vnder him, and two Substitutes, the one which takes knowledge of priuat and ciuile matters, the other of publicke and criminall.

The Pope hath twelue Chaplaines, or Auditors of causes of the sacred pallace, to whom he giues power to heare them a part that plead, and vpon their report the Pope giues sentence. [ F]

At Rome euery man is in a short space accepted for a citisen, and may easily participat of the first honors of this citie, where they may better than in any other citie, hope for a recompence of their industrie and wit, and in the end aspire by his fortune and vertue to the greatest dignities of the Church.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••opes haue beene accustomed to giue the Legations of Prouinces which are vn∣•••••• power, and the gouernement of the chiefe townes, to their owne kinsmen as ••••••gie men, as Secular, or to those that are their creatures. It is the manner which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Italie; and at Auignon they haue a Legat or Vice Legat, who is a Gouernor, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 charge of Ecclesiasticall matters, and of those that concerne justice: And more∣••••••re is a Generall which is a Knight; he hath the charge of all the souldiers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 garrison within the countie of Venisse, and of all that concernes armes. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ope assumeth power to conferre Benefices in the countries of other Princes, al∣•••••• be somewhat restrained, by reason of the graunts of certaine Popes to diuers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Princes. Yet such as receiue not benefices from him, must haue his confir∣•••••• and haue their Bulls from the Court of Rome: and moreouer also, pay the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 it ••it in this place to giue an account as well of the institution and manner of [ IIII] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Pope, as of the considerations of Cardinalls. Yet the creation of Popes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verie diuers. It was giuen to the Clergie of Rome, to whom the people of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 oyned in the creation. But after three hundred fiftie and one yeares, the Empe∣•••••• ••erposed their authoritie, for that the Popes being chosen did for a time receiue ••••••firmation from them, first paying a certaine quantitie of siluer, and then with∣••••••••ayment. For a time they did also for beare to be crowned without the presence ••••••ent of their Embassadours; and in the end, with the consent of Popes them∣•••••• thought by this meanes to bridle the insolencie of the people of Rome) all ••••••tie of creating the Pope, was transported to the Emperours, who held it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when the Popes would haue taken it from them, they could not without ••••••der and schisme, which did for a long time trouble all Christendome: and in ••••••ime, some Popes named their Successours, who were afterwards confirmed ••••••gie. But in the end, the Popes authoritie being the stronger, the Emperour 〈◊〉〈◊〉 being wholly excluded, the Cardinalls had the election, with some of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Clergie, vntill Alexander the third at the Councell of Lateran held in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 our Lord God 1259, where there were two hundred and eightie Bishops, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 That he was lawfull Pope that should be chosen by two third parts of the Car∣•••••• were present; and this custome hath continued vnto this day, but that in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Redempton 1417, at the Councell of Constance, Martin the fist was cho∣•••••• ••old the schisme at that time: but Gregorie the tenth ordained first, at the Coun∣••••••, the Conclaue, which hath from time to time beene reformed, and reduced 〈◊〉〈◊〉 see it at this day.

••••••dinals assemble to chuse a Pope after one of these three manners, either by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or by Adoration, or by Scrutin and Billets, by the which they gaue their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they fauoured. It suffi••eth then to vnderstand, that all the authoritie to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 consists in the Cardinalls; and that they are the chiefe members of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as it were the head, whom they assist, being his Councellors and Coadiu∣•••••• priuiledges haue beene giuen them by diuers Popes, and especially by Paule 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and some others haue graunted them the moytie of the reuenews of the ho∣•••••• in regard thereof, at this present they enioy halfe the Annates of Benefices 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dispatcht by the Consistorie. There were wont to be but fiftie and three in all, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••se and decrease at the Popes pleasure, and Pius the fourth had at one time 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 discourse vpon the Popes next successour, are accustomed to consider the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, for that a time of peace requires one thing, and that of troubles ano∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all things are out of order, they must seeke to haue some one to stay [] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 moreouer, they must take another course when after a great seruitude they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 libertie, and they must also obserue the wills of princes, euerie one of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to haue his friend Pope: but aboue all they consider the priuat affecti∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, for that it seemes in the election of a Pope they loose the remem∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all the rest. We see notwithstanding that age imports much, as well in regard

of them that aspire to the Popedome, as for that many doe get by the change of Popes. [ A] Then they looke into the bountie, for that men are not commonly so wicked, as they sup∣presse all naturall desire of good things. But the chiefe bountie they seeke in Cardinalls, is that which profits others, as justice, affabilitie, courtesie, and an inclination to commu∣nicat his greatnesse to others: and for this cause it seemes that they haue no will to make him Pope that hath many great kinsmen and friends, who may be a cause to interrupt and diuert him from this courtesie, and other parts which I haue noted: and euerie Cardinall not onely seekes to make him Pope whom he loues, but him that is bound to loue him. But notwithstanding that they obserue all these things, yet it is imposible to make a firme and certain coniecture who shall be Pope, for that the affaires of Rome wa∣uer [ B] continually; a discontentment, a new promotion of Cardinals, or the least accident which shall happen, puts all into confusion. Moreouer, it hath beene commonly obser∣ued, [ IIII] that they chaunge their humours whenas they come into the Conclaue; yea many times the Cardinals being sodainly transported, either with feare or some other passion, yeeld to that which they dreampt not of. Whenas they foresee the daunger of any one that may be Pope, they doe easily helpe it, and agree together. But for that they cannot vse the like diligence in all, whenas they are surprised, and that they propound one who had not beene thought on, hauing no time to take any resolution, they run on like men without judgement, as if euerie one feared to be the last. Notwithstanding it doth often happen that he which was least expected, comes to be Pope. Wherefore they may well [ C] diuine, but they haue no certaine coniecture who shall be Pope.

¶ The Religion of the Auncient Romans.

[ XLII] AMong all the gods esteemed by the Romans, Pan Lyceus (named by many Faunus) and Syluanus, holds the first ranke, and to him they dedicated the Lupercales, and that the Luperces did sacrifice. Some say that this Sacrifice came from Euander a fugi∣tiue king of Arcadia, who came vnto that place whereas since the fortresse of Rome was made.

The Shepheards who had this god for their head, did sacrifice vnto him naked, with [ D] their faces couered, and certaine girdles in their hands. Some referre the beginning of this Sacrifice to an accident which happened to Faunus whenas he sought the loue of Iola wife to Hercules. But others say, That Romulus sacrificing to Pan, naked, by reason of the heat, was aduertised that certaine theeues carried away his flocke, so as he followed them naked as he was, and tooke them: so as in memorie thereof he would haue the Priests which should performe this sacrifice, naked. The speciall deuotion which they had to this god, and to these priests, was, for that the women which could not be deliue∣red, nor conceiue with child, had recourse to the Luperques; and hauing beene beaten with certaine little whips died in goats bloud, they were deliuered, or did presently con∣ceiue. They did solemnise the feast vnto this god, on the eighteenth of Ianuarie, as [ E] Ouide reports.

Then were the Potitiens, and the Pinariens, families so called, who were ordained to sacrifice to Hercules. The Potitiens, instructed by Euander, did for a long time gouerne this sacrifice, vntill that this charge being giuen to publicke slaues, the familie of the Po∣titiens came to saile; the which happened by the means of Appius Claudius their enemie: and the Romans did beleeue that for a punishment he fell blind.

The Ar••a••x or Aruales, brethren, gaue councell to the people of Rome, to the end their fields might bring forth come. Romulus was the inuenter of this religion, and they were called Ar••a••x, for that Aru•••• signifies a field. They were twelue in number, and they gaue them with the order of Priesthood a Crowne of the ••ares of corne, with cer∣taine [ F] white bands. About the same time, the art and religion of the Augures came to Rome, out of Tuscanie, where the inhabitants were verie skilfull in the art of diuining af∣ter this manner. He that should diuine by meanes of the Augure, went vp into a fort, or vpon some open place, and did there sit vpon a stone towards the South, holding in his

〈◊〉〈◊〉 a ••rooked rod called Lituë. Then hauing beheld the citie and the fields round about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnto the gods, he diuided the regions from the East vnto the West, leauing the ••••••nd vpon the South, and the left vpon the North, and obseruing (without any 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••aking) the farthest place he could see, holding his rod in the left hand, and lay∣•••••• right hand vpon his head to whom he would presage any thing, saying, O father 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it be agreed that such a one shall enioy such a thing, giue some apparant signe, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I haue performed my charge: and then he told what tokens he would haue Iupi∣•••••• and if they did succeed the Augure was good. In time this art was much estee∣•••••• ••ome, so as the number of the Augures increased as well as their authoritie, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ted a Colledge of Augures, who in the beginning were but three.

Pompilius king of the Romanes was the first that ordained the Flamen Dial, for ••••••ore, the kings did execute the office of high priests. Numa considering that in ••••••imes kings might rather be like to Ramulus than himselfe, and be more affected to ••••••n religion, he ordained foure priests, whom he called Flamines, who should ••••••ally attend the seruice of the gods: and these priests were dedicated to many ••••••at is to say, one to Iupiter, whom they called Diall, two to Mars, and one to Quiri∣•••••• Romulus. The other Flamines dedicated to any other gods than to Iupiter, carried 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the gods to whom they were vowed. And Numa would haue Iupiters Flamen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 honorable roabe, and haue a seat of Y••ory, the which in those daies they did ••••••nt but to the greatest Magistrats. He alone had a little white hat, and he did ride. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not sweare, nor carrie the fire of his sacrifice into any place that was not sa∣•••••• ••••y one did enter girt into his Temple, he must vngirt himselfe, and cast it away. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 knot about him. If an offendor whom they led to whipping fell downe vpon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••efore him, it had beene a sinne to whip him that day. He that was not of a free 〈◊〉〈◊〉 could not cut the haire of this priest. He might not touch a goat, nor yuie, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any raw flesh. His beds feet must be defiled with dy••t, and no man might lie 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The parings of the Dials nailes, and the clippings of haire, were hidden in ••••••nd vnder a flint stone. It was not lawfull for him to go into the aire without a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 high priests did ordaine the like when he was in any couered place. He might ••••••ch an•• dowe mixt with leucine, nor put off his shirt but in some couered place, to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 should not be naked vnder heauen, as vnder the eye of Iupiter: and no man 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with him when he dined, but the king which did sacrifice. He neuer came into 〈◊〉〈◊〉 where there was a dead bodie. Varro saith, that the auncients had as many 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as the Dial, the Martial, the Quirinal, the Vulcanien, the Falagre: and as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Bishops, Archbishops, and Cardinals, they had their Flamin, their first Fla∣•••••• ••im that was aboue all the rest.

••he Vestall virgins which kept their sacred fire, it is so well knowne as I will say 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but if this fire went out they wer beaten with rodds by the high priests. There 〈◊〉〈◊〉 put into this Temple but virgins, whose parents must be of a free 〈…〉〈…〉 took them from the age of six yeres to ten at the most. The ten first yeres they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the forme of sacrifices, they spent as much time in sacrificing, and the ten last •••••• ••••ey did instruct the young virgins which were newly taken; which thirtie yeares 〈◊〉〈◊〉, they might marry: but they that did marrie were vnfortunat. The people of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 honour them wonderfully. And besides the fire whereof I haue spoken, they ••••••••••pe the Palladium, or 〈◊〉〈◊〉tue of Minerua, and other sacred things of the Romanes. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when they were taken in Adulterie they were put to death after this manner: They 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••graded, & carried on a co••••in bound, with their faces couered, with g••e••t silence [] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 towne (which was that day all in mourning) vnto the Port Sala••••a, neere to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 there was a place called the Scelerat or wicked field, in the which there was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which had a little hole for the entrie, & two little windowes; in the one ••hey 〈◊〉〈◊〉 burning lampe, and in the other water, milke, and hony: being come vnto the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the high priest said certaine prayers, hauing his hands alwaies lift vp to heauen, then ••••••nt this Vestall into the tombe by the little hole, and in the meane time the people 〈◊〉〈◊〉 away their faces: then hauing taken away the ladder and couered the place with

a stone, as if it had beene a Sepulcher, the people cast earth vpon it, and continued all that [ A] day in mourning.

The Saliens were dedicated by Numa to Mars, being twelue in number, then Hostilius added twelue more. They were called Salines for their leaping in their sacrifices. They did weare certain painted cassocks, & vpon their breasts a peece enricht with gold, siluer, and precious stones.

In the beginning there were foure high priests taken from among the Senators: after∣wards the people obtained that they should haue as many chosen of their order. These had a head whom they called the most high Priest, who knew with what and when they should sacrifice, and had the care how to gather money for the charge of the seruice of [ B] their gods. They say that the high Priest had a table by the which he knew the Eclipse of the Moone and Sunne.

The Fecial priest did preside at the publicke faith giuen vnto people: and they did hold, that a war which had not beene first denounced by the Fecial, was not iust. When they made a peace, the Fecial demanded of the General of the armie, if he commanded him to make a peace with the enemie; the which he hauing affirmed, he said, ô such a one, I de∣mand grasse of thee; whereunto the General answered, that he should take it; which ha∣uing taken, he demanded if he made him messenger to the people and Senat of Rome? the Generall answered, That he did, so as in doing it neither he nor the people of Rome might be deceiued. Then they made a peace, with prayers to Iupiter, that if the Romanes [ C] did infringe the conditions of the accord, he would strike them as he did a hog, and so much the more, for that he was much more mightie. But when he proclaimed war, he did after this manner: The Fecial carried a dart halfe burnt, and grasse, vnto their confines against whom he denounced war, where in the presence of three aged men, he said, That the enemies had failed in that which they had done against the people of Rome, and that for this cause he and the Romanes had denounced war against them: and hauing spoken this, he cast his dart into their land, to the end they might see that they made war iustly against them.

The two men of the sacraments, had the charge to read the sacred bookes, and Sybill••s verses, and to interpret them. They were also chiefe in the ceremonies which were made [ D] to Apollo: and if there were any monster borne, or any prodigie did happen, they sought to pacefi•• the gods with their sacrifices.

The seuen men of the Epulons, were contained in a kind of priesthood, of the which there are few that haue written. Pliuie before he made an oration, and fearing them that were there to heare him, faith, The Consulls were in the middest, and next, one of the seuen men of the Epulons: and it is said that they accept the excuses of the daughter of the Augures, of the ten sacred men, of the Flamins, and the seuen men of the Epulons. I should speake of their ornaments, vessels, sacrifices, and instruments, but I wil forbeare, for it would be tedious.

A CHRONOLOGIE, [ E] And briefe description of the succession, life, and death of Popes, from the beginning, vnto Paule the fift 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Raiguing: together with their Decrees, Councells, and Schismes.

[ XLIII] ••Or that in discoursing of the gouernment of the Estate of the Church, I haue al∣so spoken of religion, and of matters which concerne the Church: I wil now for∣••••••••••, and come vnto the Catalogue of Popes, vnto Paul the fist, who holds the [ F] holie See, and the soueraigne dignitie of the Church at this day: with a collection of the Decre•••• during their liues, and the times of general Councells: then wil I set downe the Cardinalls which are at this day, the better to satisfie the curious Reader.

S. Peter, first Pastor or Bishop of the Catholicke Church, according to the opinion of the Papists.

[Number of Popes. 1] [Yeare of Christ. 34] SIMON PETER CEPHAS, borne at Bethsaida in Galile, an Apostle of IE∣SVS CHRIST, first Bishop of Christians (as the Papists suggest) gouerned the Church of Hierusalem fiue yeares, that of Antioch seuen, and lastly (as they write) that of Rome foure and twentie yeares, fiue moneths, and twelue daies.

[Number of Popes. 2] [Yeare of Christ. 57] LINVS a Tuscane, second Bishop or Pope of Rome, and Coadiutor to S. Peter, hauing written the deeds of S. Peter, yea his combats with that detestable Simon the Inchanter. He was beheaded by the commaund of Saturnius the Consul, who held him for a Sorcerer, for that he had driuen a deuill out of the bodie of his daughter. He was so renowned for his Holinesse, as he raised vp the dead in diuers places, go∣ing forth of the citie to preach the word of God. He held the See eleuen yeares, three moneths, and twelue daies.

[Number of Popes. 3] [Yeare of Christ. 68] CLEMENT a Roman, ordained seuen Notaries (which at this day they call Protonotaries) for the seuen Quarters or Regions of Rome, to the end they might write the Historie of Martyrs: and hauing conuerted many to the Christian faith by his pietie and doctrine, he suffered Martyrdome vnder the Emperour Traian, ha∣uing beene Bishop nine yeares, foure moneths, and six and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 4] [Yeare of Christ. 77] CLETVS a Roman, was called to the Episcopall dignitie against his will: Ha∣••ing created many Priests in the citie of Rome, and as a learned man and full of pie∣•••••• augmented the estate of Gods Church, he was made a Martyr vnder the Empe∣••••••r Domitian, and was buried in the Vatican, hauing held the See six yeares, fiue ••oneths, and two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 5] [Yeare of Christ. 84] ANACLETVS a Grecian borne at Athens, ordained, That Prelats and Clarkes should cut their beards, and their haire: That they should assemble twice a yeare 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the affaires of the Church: That euerie Bishop should be receiued by three others: That Clarkes should be admitted to sacred orders publikely, not priuatly; and that all the faithfull should communicat after the consecration, else they should be reiected from the companie of the faithfull, as Infidells. By this meanes the Christian Religion increased wonderfully. In the Apostles time, they did com∣••••nicat daily. He died, hauing beene Bishop twelue yeares, two moneths, and ten dayes.

The See was vacant seuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 6] [Yeare of Christ. 96] EVARISTVS ordained, there should be seuen Deacons chosen in euerie citie to assist the Bishop in preaching: to the end they should not charge him that he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 preached ill, he distributed the Parishes or Cures to Priests. He commaunded ••••••riages to be publickly solemnized in the Church, with the Priests blessing other∣wise they should be held vnlawfull and incestuous: That a Bishop should not leaue his Church during his life, no more than a wife her husband. He died vnder the em∣perour Traian, hauing raigned thirteene yeares, and fiue moneths.

The See was voyd nineteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 7] [Yeare of Christ. 107] ALEXANDER a Roman, a man of so holie a life, as many Roman Senators receiued the Christian Religion by reason of his great pietie. He suffered Mar∣tyrdome vnder Adrian; and being demaunded why he did not answer, For that (said he) in the time of prayer, a Christian man speakes with God. He died, ha∣uing held the place seuen yeares, fiue moneths, and nineteene dayes.

The See was vacant fifteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 8] [Yeare of Christ. 116] SIXTVS a Roman, suffered Martyrdome nine yeares, ten moneths, and ten dayes after he had beene Bishop.

The See was voyd two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 9] [Yeare of Christ. 127] TELESPHORVS a Grecian, instituted the Lent as some write. He suffered Martyrdome, and was buried in the Vatican, hauing beene Bishop ten yeares, eight

moneths, and fiue and twentie daies.

The See was vacant seuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 10] [Yeare of Christ. 138] HYGINE a Grecian borne at Athens, ordained, That at the least one Godfather or Godmother should present the infant at the Font: That materialls dedicated for the building of Temples should not be transferred to prophane vses: That no Me∣tropolitan should condemne any Bishop of his Prouince, without the aduice of the other Bishops of the same Prouince. He died the fourth yeare.

The See was vacant three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 11] [Yeare of Christ. 142] PIVS of Aquilea, ordayned, That they should celebrat Easter on the Sonday, and some ceremonies for the ornament of Baptisme and the Communion: That the Romans should not take the Vaile before the age of fiue and twentie yeares: That Priests which did sweare should be deposed, and Laymen excommunicated. He did also impose penance vpon negligent Priests, or that did handle the holie Sacra∣ments vnreuerently. He consecrated the first Temple of Rome, the which was de∣dicated to S. Prudentiane, the Temples of Christians hauing beene in former times in ••idden and obscure caues. He held the place eleuen yeares, fiue moneths, and seuen and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd thirteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 12] [Yeare of Christ. 154] ANICETVS a Syrian born, renewed the decree of Anacletas, That Clarks should weare no beards: That no Bishop might be consecrated Metropolitan of the Pro∣uince with a lesse number than three. He suffered Martyrdome hauing beene Bi∣shop nine yeares, eight moneths, and foure and twentie daies.

The See was voyd seuenteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 13] [Yeare of Christ. 163] CONCORDIVS SOTER of Fundi, renewed & confirmed the ordinance of the Eucharist, and touching the Sacerdorall blessing in marriage, and the consent of pa∣rents, for the great abuses which were committed in those times. Gratian reports, that he ordayned, That no man should keepe an oath which he had made to doe ill. He died, hauing held the place seuen yeares, eleuen moneths, and eighteene dayes.

The See was voyd one and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 14] [Yeare of Christ. 171] ABVNDIVS ELEVTHERVS a Grecian borne, sent into great Brittanie at the kings request, Fugati••s and Damian••s, men of pietie and religion: by whom the king and his people were baptized. He did ordaine that no man should abstaine from any kind of meat for superstitions sake: and that no man being absent, and not con∣uicted, should be condemned for any crime. Hauing augmented the Catholick Re∣ligion by his good example, and left peace vnto the Church dispersed in a manner ouer all the earth, he died, hauing raigned fifteene yeares, and eighteene daies.

The See was vacant fiue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 15] [Yeare of Christ. 186] VICTOR an African, ordained, That if any one being readie to receiue the holie Communion, and persuaded to pardon his enemie, refused to be reconciled, he should be depriued of that holie mysterie. He also confirmed the ordinance of Pius touching the celebration of Easter vpon the Sonday, contrarie to the customes of the Churches of Asia, whom he excommunicated: for the which he was reprehen∣ded by Ireneus. He suffered Martyrdome, hauing beene Bishop twelue yeares, one moneth, and eight and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd twelue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 16] [Yeare of Christ. 198] ABVNDIVS ZEFIRINVS a Roman, ordayned, That euerie one hauing at∣tained to the age of twelue or thirteene yeares, should at the least at Easter receiue the holie Communion: That the Ch••••••••••, being in the beginning of wood, should be made of glasse; which Decree was afterwards abolished, and it was ordained that they should be of gold, siluer, or 〈◊〉〈◊〉: That no Bishop might be Iudge ouer his Archbishop or Metropolitan, nor of his Primat or Patriarch. He died, hauing held the place twentie yeares, and fifteene dayes.

The See was voyd six dayes.

[Number of Popes. 17] [Yeare of Christ. 218] DOMITIVS CALISTVS a Roman, built a Church and a Churchyard at

Rome, where remaine the Reliques of many holie Martyrs. He instituted the foure Ember weekes: some attribute vnto him the decree of celibate of priests; but Poli∣••••re in his ••i••t booke, and fourth chapter writes, that they could not altogether take ••arriage from the priests of the West (for the Grecians, and they of the East do mar∣••••••) vntill the time of Gregorie the seuenth, in the yeare 1074. He was made a Martyr hauing raigned fiue yeares, one moneth, and thirteene dayes.

The See was void six daies.

[Number of Popes. 18] [Yeare of Christ. 223] VRBAIN a Romane, vnder whom the Church of Rome began to haue lands and inheritances, which should be common, and distributed to feed Churchmen, the poore, and protonotaries which did write the acts of Martyrs. Damasus doth at∣tribute vnto him the decree for the making of vessell of siluer or tin: whereupon Boniface Bishop of Mentz said, that in old time, priests of gold vsed chalices of wood: But now priests of wood vse chalices of siluer. He drew many vnto the faith by his holy life, and suffered Martyrdome hauing been Bishop seuen yeres, seuen moneths, and fiue daies.

The See was vacant three and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 19] [Yeare of Christ. 231] CALPVRNIVS PONTIANVS a Romane, hauing endured many torments, died, in exile, in the Island of Sardinia, fiue yeares, fiue moneths, and two daies after his comming to the place. Some say, that in his time there were at Rome fifteene ••••••ests called Cardinalls, tha•• ••s to say, chiefe men, to burie the dead, and to baptise ••••ung children, and other fifteene who had the chiefe charge of the health of soules: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Polidore and Damasus say, that Pope Marcel was the author of these Cardinals, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yeare 1302.

The See was void one day.

[Number of Popes. 20] [Yeare of Christ. 236] ANTHEROS a Grecian, ordained that the deeds of Martyrs should be written, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 suffered any Clergie man to change his Church with another, so as it were done 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the health of soules and publicke good, and not for their priuat profit: he de∣creed that it should not be lawfull for any one to be Pope, vnlesse he were first a Bishop. He suffered martyrdome, hauing held the place fiue yeres, one moneth, and fourteene daies.

The place was void six daies.

[Number of Popes. 21] [Yeare of Christ. 239] FABIAN a Romane, chosen miraculously, baptised Philip father and sonne, the first Christian Emperors, and accepted their treasures: he ordained againe touching the historie of Martyrs: he did forbid to take a wife in the fist degree of consangui∣••••tie, and would that euery Christian should communicat thrice a yeare, that is to say, at the Feasts of Easter, Whitsunday, and the birth of our Sauior. He was made a Martyr, chiefely in hatred of the Treasures which he had receiued from the Empe∣••o••: hauing raigned thirteene yeares and eleuen moneths.

The See was void six dayes.

[Number of Popes. 22] [Yeare of Christ. 252] CORNELIVS a Romane, was very learned, and did write many Epistles: there were two Antipopes: he made many ordinances, as may be seene in Gratian, and being accused of high treason, for that he had written to S. Cyprian, was whipt and put to death vnder the Emperour Decius, hauing held the place two yeares, two moneths, and three daies.

The See was void two moneths and fiue daies.

SCHISME I.

[Number of Popes. 23] [Yeare of Christ. ***] NOVATIAN a Romane, and an heretical priest, saying that such as had once fal∣len from the faith, should be no more receiued into the Church, notwithstan∣ding their repentance: he was the first schismaticke, hypocrite, and couetous man which affected the place of Bishop. He kindled the fire of diuision & discord, making himselfe Antipope, with the helpe of Nouatus, a priest of Carthage, as S. Cyprian doth witnesse writing to Cornelius, who condemned him for a heriticke in two coun∣sells held at Rome. Nicostratus was an other Antipope in Affricke.

[Number of Popes. 23] [Yeare of Christ. 253] LVCIVS a Romane, ordained that euery Bishop should be accompanied by two priests, and three Archdeacons, to be witnesses of his good conuersation: and that Bi∣shops should be thirtie yeares old: yet Gratian attributes this decree to Zozimus. He was made a Martyr hauing liued in the place one yere, three moneths, and thirteene daies.

The See was vacant one moneth, and fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 24] [Yeare of Christ. 255] LVCIVS STEPHEN a Romane, was the first that brought sacerdotall habits into vse; priests in former times contenting themselues to be attired with pietie, re∣ligion, and holinesse, studying more to put off the old man, and vice, than to adorne themselues with new & rich ornaments. He was Martyred one yere, three moneths, and thirteene daies after he came to be Bishop.

The See was vacant one moneth and twelue daies.

[Number of Popes. 25] [Yeare of Christ. 257] SIXTVS the second an Athenian, hauing taught the Gospell throughout all Spaine, was chosen Pope: he ordained that Churches should be built towards the East: he had a desire to confute the Sabellians, Cerinthians, and Nepotian hereticks. He suffered Martyrdome hauing held the chaire one yeare, ten monethes, and three and twentie daies.

The See was vacant eleuen moneths and fifteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 26] [Yeare of Christ. 260] DENIS a Grecian, being placed in the See of Rome to be Pope, and being cho∣sen, he first of all both at Rome & in other places, distributed the Temples, Church∣yards, Parishes, and Bishop••ickes, commaunding euery one to content himselfe with his limits, there to feed the flocke which should be committed vnto him. He suffered death ten yeares, fiue moneths, and fiue daies after his comming into the place.

The See was void fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 27] [Yeare of Christ. 271] FELIX a Romane, ordained that they should euery day celebrat the memorie of Martyrs, and no where but in holie places; that once a yeare they should obserue the dedication of Churches. He suffered Martyrdome hauing beene Bishop three yeares, and fiue moneths.

The See was vacant fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 28] [Yeare of Christ. 275] EVTICHIEN a Tuscane of Luna, hauing written certaine Epistles and De∣crees, and buried three hundred fortie and two Martyrs with his owne hand, he him∣selfe was made a Martyr, hauing held the place eight yeares, six moneths, and foure and twentie daies.

The See was vacant eight daies.

[Number of Popes. 29] [Yeare of Christ. 283] CAIVS of Sallone in Dalmatia, of the familie of Dioclesian, suffered Martyr∣dome, hauing held the chaire twelue yeares, foure moneths, and six daies.

The See was void two moneths, and eight daies.

[Number of Popes. 30] [Yeare of Christ. 296] MARCELLIN a Romane, being possest with the feare of torments, honoured Idols, but afterwards he acknowledged his fault in open Synod, assembled at Si∣nuesse, and did penance: yea afterwards he came and reprehended the Emperor Dio∣clesian, and did willingly suffer Martyrdome, hauing raigned seuen yeares, nine mo∣neths, and six and twentie daies.

The See was vacant twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 31] [Yeare of Christ. 304] MARCEL a Romane, limited the quarters and titles diuided by Euariste, and reduced them to fiue and twentie: he was made a Martyr, hauing beene Bishop fiue yeares, six moneths, and one and twentie daies.

The See was vacant twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 32] [Yeare of Christ. 310] EVSEBIVS a physitian of Greece, made many ordinances: he was martyred, ha∣uing held the place one yeare, seuen moneths, and fiue and twentie daies.

The See was void seuen daies.

[Number of Popes. 33] [Yeare of Christ. 311] MILTIADES an Affrican, he did forbid fasting vpon Sunday and Thursday: for that the Pagans did celebrat the solemnities of their Saturnian gods. He died, hauing held the place three yeares, and two moneths.

The See was vacant seuenteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 34] [Yeare of Christ. --5] SILVESTER a Roman, he changed the Pagan names of dayes: But his grea∣test worke was the conuersion of the Roman Emperour Constantin (as som•• w••ite) to the Catholicke faith, who afterwards caused the tyrranous persecutions against the Christians to cease. He died, hauing been Bishop twentie yeres, two moneths, foure daies.

The See was vacant fifteene dayes.

THE FIRST GENRALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 317] THe first generall Councell was held at Nice, by the commaundement of Con¦stantin the Great, by three hundred and eighteene Bishops from all parts of the world, to pacefie the Estate of the Church, troubled chiefely by the detestable here∣sie of Arrius, where he was condemned: and it was concluded, That the sonne of God was Homousion, that is to say, consubstantiall to the father, according to the Symbole of our Creede.

[Number of Popes. 35] [Yeare of Christ. 336] MARC a Roman, hauing ordained that the Symbole made at the Councel of Nice, Credo in vnum Deum, &c. should be sung by the Clergie and people after the preaching of the Gospell; he died within eight moneths, and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 36] [Yeare of Christ. 336] IVLIO a Roman, being returned from exile whither he had beene sent by Con∣stantius an Arrian, sonne to Constantin: he died, hauing held the place foureteene yeares, fiue moneths, and sixteene dayes.

The See was vacant fiue and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 37] [Yeare of Christ. 351] LIBERIVS a Roman, being banished for that he had resisted the Arrians, by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 promises of the Emperour Constantius an Arrian (according to the opinion of some) he consented to adhere vnto them, to his great infamie: yet in the end reclai∣ming himselfe, he died a Catholicke, hauing held the Chaire fifteene yeares, foure moneths, and seuenteene dayes.

The See was voyd six dayes.

SCHISME II.

[Number of Popes. 38] [Yeare of Christ. 355] FELIX the second a Roman, was (according vnto some) the eight and thirtieth Pope, but others number him not, for that he did precide in the absence of Libe∣rius. Onuphrius holds him for the second Schismaticke: he was martyred by the Arrians, hauing held the place ten yeres, three moneths, and eleuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 38] [Yeare of Christ. 355] DAMASVS a Spaniard, he writ the liues of Popes by the councell of S▪ Ierome: He caused to be said in the Latine Church after the end of the Psalmes, Gloria Patri, &c. composed by Flamianus Antiochenus; the Symbole of Constantinople, and the Confiteor. The ordinance for the singing of Psalmes by turnes, comes from him and S. Ambrose. He died, hauing beene Bishop eighteene yeares, two moneths, and ten dayes.

The See was vacant seuenteene dayes.

SCHISME III.

[Yeare of Christ. 366] VRSIN a Roman, he was Competitor to Damasus after the death of Liberius and Felix: and then began the third Schisme, whenas the ambition of honours began to seize vpon the hearts of the Prelats of the Church.

THE SECOND GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 381] A Generall Councell was held at Constantinople, of one hundred and fiftie Bi∣shops, vnder Gracian and Theodosius, emperours, for the heresie of Macedonius Bishop of Constantinople and of Euroxe, denying the Holie Ghost to be God, where they were condemned.

[Number of Popes. 39] [Yeare of Christ. 384] SYRICIVS a Roman, he did forbid the Clergie to marrie, and (as some write) did ordain that no man which had had two wiues, might be receiued into the Priest∣hood. The Bourgondians for feare of Huua made themselues Christians. He died,

hauing beene Bishop thirtie yeares, one moneth, and fiue and twentie dayes.

The See was vacant a moneth, and fifteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 40] [Yeare of Christ. 398] ANASTATIVS a Roman, ordained, That when they should sing the Gospell, euerie man should stand vp, to the end they might heare it with more reuerence: That such as were defectiue or maymed of any lim be should not be admitted into the Clergie. He died foure yeares, and one and twentie dayes af••er his election.

The See was vacant ten dayes.

[Number of Popes. 41] [Yeare of Christ. 402] INNOCENT of Albania or Scotland died, hauing raigned fifteene yeares, two moneths, and one and twentie dayes.

The See was vacant two and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 42] [Yeare of Christ. 416] ZOZIMVS a Grecian, a verie learned man & of a holie life: He did prohibit bond∣men to be admitted into the order of Priesthood; muchlesse (saith Platina) bastards and wicked men. He died two yeares, foure moneths, and seuen dayes after his ele∣ction.

The See was vacant nine dayes.

[Number of Popes. 43] [Yeare of Christ. 419] BONIFACE a Roman, it is h•• which changed the eues of Saints to fastings. He was expelled Rome by reason of Eulalius, by the Emperour Honorius, sonne to Theodosiu••; who repealed him againe. He died, hauing held the place foure yeares, nine moneths, and eight and twentie dayes.

The See was vacant nine dayes.

SCHISME IIII.

[Yeare of Christ. 419] EVLALIVS a Roman, during he Schisme against Boniface was chosen by a part of the Clergie, and was put out of Rome with Boniface: He died within three moneths, and seuen dayes after he had beene chosen.

[Number of Popes. 44] [Yeare of Christ. 423] CELESTIN a Roman, ordained, That Priests should be expert in the Eccles••∣asticall Cannons. He died, hauing held the Chaire eight yeares, fiue moneths, and three dayes.

The See was voyd a moneth, and eleuen dayes.

THE THIRD GENERALL SYNOD OR COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 430] A Generall Councell was held at Ephesus, vnder Theodosius the second, of two hundred Bishops, against the Heretickes, Pelages, and Nestorius, Bishops of Con∣stantinople, who denied the diuinitie of Iesus Christ.

[Number of Popes. 45] [Yeare of Christ. 432] SIXTVS the third a Roman, hauing d••stributed all his goods vnto the poore, he died, hauing raigned seuen yeares, and eleuen moneths.

The See was v••yd one moneth, and eleuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 46] [Yeare of Christ. 440] LEO the Great, so called by reason of his great doctrine; he ordained or renewed the Rogations and Processions, which they call Letanies. His Letanies are the les∣ser, and Gregorie the Great instituted the greater, hauing made many Decrees. He did forbid the singing of Alleluya, and Gloria in excelsis Deo, in the time of Lent: he died, hauing beene Bishop twentie yeres, eleuen moneths, and two dayes. The See being voyd seuen dayes. Before this Pope, the See of Rome did number their yeres from the passion of Christ.

THE FOVRTH GENERALL SYNOD.

[Yeare of Christ. 452] THe generall Councell of Calcedoine, vnder the Emperour Martian, of two hundred twentie fiue Bishops, against the heresie of Eutiches a Priest of Con∣stantinople, confounding the two natures of Iesus Christ.

[Number of Popes. 47] [Yeare of Christ. 461] HILARIVS of Sardinia, a learned man, he did forbid any man to chuse his suc∣cessor to any Ecclesiasticall charge. He died six yeares, three moneths, and ten dayes after his election.

The See was voyd ten dayes.

[Number of Popes. 48] [Yeare of Christ. 467] SIMPLICIVS of Tiuoli ordained (as some write) That no Clergie man should

acknowlege any of the Laitie in the possession of a benefice. He died hauing held the chaire fifteene yeres, six moneths, and three and twentie daies.

The See was vacant six daies.

[Number of Popes. 49] [Yeare of Christ. 483] FELIX the third a Romane, ordained that Churches should be consecrated on∣ly by Bishops. He died hauing beene Bishop eight yeres, eleuen moneths, and s••uen∣teene daies.

The See was void fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 50] [Yeare of Christ. 492] GELASIVS an African, ordained that the sacred orders should not be admi∣nistred but four times a yere, and on the Saturday: he compos••d Hymnes, Collects, answeres, and made other ordinances, being learned. He died hauing held the place foure yeares, eight moneths, and nineteene daies.

The See was vacant fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 51] [Yeare of Christ. 496] ANASTASIVS the second, a Romane, he is reputed an hereticke infamous by some, and fauouring the Nestorians; yet as it is recorded by some, he excommuni∣cated the Emperor Anastasius as an Eutichen. He died miserably, hauing emptied his bowells like vnto Arrius, two yeares, eleuen moneths, and foure and twentie daies after his election.

The See was void two daies.

[Number of Popes. 52] [Yeare of Christ. 498] CELIVS SYMMACHVS of Sardinia, was Pope, notwithstanding the election of one called Laurence, and of another called P. Alton, so by them began the fift Schisme: for Theoderic king of the Gothes, who then held Italie, hearing that the seditious Clergie of Rome would depose Symmachus, he sent this Alton to hold the See, and to chase away the other two: yet Symmachus being purged of the crimes which were obiected against him, was restored, and died hauing held the place fif∣teene yeares, seuen moneths, and eight and twentie daies.

The See was vacant two daies.

SCHISME V.

[Yeare of Christ. 513] LAVRENCE a Romane, during the Schisme against Symmachus died the first yeare.

[Number of Popes. 53] [Yeare of Christ. 514] CELIVS HORMISDA of Fresselona a citie in Campagnia, seeing many Monkes at Rome obstinat in the heresie of Eutiches, he caused them to be banished the citie. He did great almes deeds, condemned the heresie of the Manicheens which sprang vp againe, and caused their bookes to be burned. He died hauing held the place nine yeres, nine moneths, and seuenteene daies.

The See was void fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 54] [Yeare of Christ. 523] IOHN of Tuscane, being sent in Embassage by king Theodoric an Arrian, to the Emperor Iustin at Constantinople, to restore the Arrians to their liberty, and hauing obtained it, notwithstanding being suspected by Theodorick, he was imprisoned by him, where he died in great want, two yeares, nine moneths, and six daies after his election.

The See was void one moneth and seuen and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 55] [Yeare of Christ. 526] FELIX the fourth, a Samien, built the Church at S. Cosmo at Rome, and repai∣red some others. He died hauing held the place foure yeares, two moneths, and eigh∣teene daies.

The See was vacant three daies.

[Number of Popes. 56] [Yeare of Christ. 530] BONIFACE the second a Romane, was allowed by all men after the death of Dioscores: and died two yeares, and two daies after his election.

The See was void three moneths and fiue daies.

SCHISME VI.

DIOSCORES a Romane, being chosen by some, during the Schisme, against Bo∣niface, died soone after.

[Number of Popes. 57] [Yeare of Christ. 531] IOHN the second, surnamed Mercurie, hauing receiued a confession of the Faith

from the Emperor Iustinian, signed with his owne hand, with a goodly present, died hauing held the place two yeares, foure moneths, and six daies.

The See was void six daies.

[Number of Popes. 58] [Yeare of Christ. 534] RVSTICVS AGAPITVS a Romane, he caused Iustinian to leaue the heresie of Eutiches, with the which he had beene seduced by Anthemius a Bishop of Con∣stantinople: then he died hauing held the place a yere, and nineteene daies.

The See was void six moneths, and twentie and fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 59] [Yeare of Christ. 535] CELIVS SILVERIVS of Fresselona in Campania, refusing to restore Anthe∣mius the hereticke to his Bishopricke of Constantinople, by the commaundement of the Empresse, was falsely condemned to haue sought to deliuer Rome vnto the Gothes, and was banished into the Island of Pontus, where he died of pouertie, one yeare, fiue moneths, and two daies after his election.

The See was vacant fiue daies.

SCHISME VII.

[Number of Popes. 60] [Yeare of Christ. 537] VIGILIVS a Romane, created during the Schisme against Siluerius an ambiti∣ous man, and who had beene the cause of the expulsion of Siluerius, o••tained the Papall dignitie by force, and through the fauour of Theodora wi••e to the Empe∣ror Iustinian: who a••terwards caused him to be drawne out of Rome, with the con∣sent of the Romans who hated him mortally, and carried to Constantinople, where he receiued many outrages & indignities, being led through the towne with a halter about his necke, ••nd in the e••d banished, for that he would not restore Anthemius the hereticke to his Bishopricke of Constantinople, according to a bad promise he had made to Theodora, whereof he repented him. He died hauing held the place seuenteene yeares, six moneths, and nine and twentie daies.

The See was void one moneth, and fiue daies.

THE FIFT GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 553] A Generall councel was held at Constantinople the second time, of one hundred sixtie and fiue Bishops, against Anthemius Bishop of Constantinople, and Theo∣dore an eloquent man, who said that the virgin Mary had brought forth a man only, and not man and God: where it was concluded that she was Theotocos, the mother of God.

[Number of Popes. 61] [Yeare of Christ. 555] P••LAGIVS a Romane, ordained that heretickes and Schismatickes should be punished by the temporall sword; and that none should be admitted to Ecclesiasti∣call orders by ambition and gifts. He died hauing beene Bishop fiue yeares, ten mo∣neths, and eight and twentie daies.

The See was void foure moneths and fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 62] [Yeare of Christ. 561] IOHN the third a Romane, hauing finished the reparations of certain Churches, and enlarged the Churchyards of Martyrs, died twelue yeares, eleuen moneths, and six and twentie daies after his election.

The See was void ten moneths and sixteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 63] [Yeare of Christ. 575] BENEDICT or BENNET a Romane, affected the poore much, and seeing Ita∣lie ruined by the Lombards wars, who began to possesse the countrie, at the instiga∣tion of Narses, who was incensed against the Empresse Sophia, it being also afflicted by famine and pestilence, died hauing held the place foure yeares, one moneth, and nine and twentie daies.

The See was void foure moneths.

[Number of Popes. 64] [Yeare of Christ. 579] PELAGIVS the second, a Romane, chosen without the consent of the Empe∣ror, for that Rome was besieged by the Lombards, hauing made of his fathers house an hospitall for the poore, transported the Patriarchship of Aquilea to Grada, ma∣king it Metropolitan of the prouince of Venise, died of the plague, hauing held the place ten yeares, two moneths, and ten daies.

The See was vacant six moneths and fiue and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 65] [Yeare of Christ. 590] GREGORIE the Great, was chosen by the Clergie, and all the people, with the consent of the emperour Maurice: He inuented many ceremonies and prayers, the particularities whereof you may read in Platina. Some attribute to him the ab∣stinencie from flesh in Lent, but others hold it is much more ancient, & that he only added the foure dayes from Wednesday to Sonday to make vp the number of forty. He died, hauing held the Chaire thirteene yeares, six moneths, and ten dayes.

The See was vacant fiue moneths, and seuenteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 66] [Yeare of Christ. 604] SABINIAN a Tuscane, whose beginning is vnknowne, and with reason: for he was wicked, and vnworthie of his Estate, a detractor of his predecessors vertues, saying, That he had wasted the goods of the Church, hauing beene liberall to the poore: he had a will to burne his bookes. Hauing ordained burning Lampes in the Church, and Bells, and that the houres should strike. He died one yeare, fiue moneths, and forue dayes after his election.

The See was voyd eleuen moneths, and six and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 67] [Yeare of Christ. 607] BONIFACE the third a Roman, hauing obtay••ed the Primacie ouer all the Churches, from the Emperour Phocas, ordayned, in a Councell of seuentie two Bi∣shops, thirtie Priests, and three Deacons, That the Bishop should be chosen by the Clergie, and the people: and that all they which should come vnto the dignitie by gifts and fauoures, should be excommunicated. This was a holie ordinance, but much neglected to the ruine of many. He died within eight moneths, and three and twentie dayes after his comming to the Chaire.

The See was voyd ten moneths, and three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 68] [Yeare of Christ. 608] BONIFACE the fourth, of Vale••ia ••n Prouence, obtayned of the emperour the Pantheon of all the faigned gods, and did dedicate it to the honour of the Virgin Marie, and of all the Martyrs Then was the Feast of Al-Saints instituted, the twel••th of May. Hauing made a Monasterie of his house, and giuen leaue to Monkes to preach, baptize, and confesse, he died, six yeares, eight mo••eths, and eleuen dayes after his election.

The See was vacant foure moneths, and three and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 69] [Yeare of Christ. 615] THEODAT a Roman, a man of holie life, caused the Councell of Auxerre to be celebrated, in which the new yeares guifts which were giuen the first day of the yere were forbidden, to the end they should not seeme to imitate the Pagans. He died, hauing held the place three yeares, ten moneths, and seuen and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd one moneth, and six and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 70] [Yeare of Christ. 619] BONIFACE the fift a Neopolitain, a verie mild man, ordayned first of all the Popes, That Churches should be Sanctuaries for all fugitiues, except sacralegious persons, and such as were excommunicat. He died, hauing been Bishop three yeres, ten moneths, and nine dayes.

The See was voyd thirteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 71] [Yeare of Christ. 622] HONORIVS was liberall to the poore: He beautified S. Peters Church with gold, siluer, and goodly Tables. Afte••w••rds he died, hauing held the Chaire twelue yeares, eleuen moneths, and seuen dayes.

The See w••s voyd one yeare, seuen moneths, and eighteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 72] [Yeare of Christ. 637] SEVERIN a Roman, was liberall to the poore: He had a care to repaire the Churches, and to increase the reuenews thereof. Dagobert of France had the like zeale at the same time, who caused the Church of S. Denis to be built, inriching it wonderfully, yea with the reliques and spoyles of other Churches. This Pope died within one yeare, two moneths, and foure dayes.

The See was vacant one moneth, and two and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 73] [Yeare of Christ. 638] IOHN the fourth of Dalmatia, redeemed many Dalmatians and Istrians, detay∣n••d captiues by the Sarrazins: then died within one yeare, nine moneths, and eigh∣teene dayes.

The See was voyd one moneth, and foureteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 74] [Yeare of Christ. 640] THEODORIC borne at Hierusalem, sonne to Theodor Bishop of Hierusalem,

was liberall to the poore. The election was of force, being made by the Clergie and people, and confirmed by the Exarcke, as lieutenant to the emperour. He died, hauing beene Bishop six yeares, fiue moneths, and eighteene dayes.

The See was vacant foure moneths, and one ••ay.

[Number of Popes. 75] [Yeare of Christ. 647] MARTIN an Italian, assembled a Councell at Rome of one hundred and fiftie Bishops, against Pyrrhus, Sergius, and Cyrus, being absent, and Paul who was present, Patriarches of Constantinople, Heretickes, Monothelites, denying two wills in Ie¦sus Christ. By the commandement of the emperour Constantin the third, an here∣ticke, he was banished vnto a citie of Pontus, where (hauing indured many mise∣ries) he ended his dayes, hauing held the Chaire six yeares, one moneth, and eight and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd eight moneths, and eight and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 76] [Yeare of Christ. 654] EVGENIVS a Roman, ordayned, That the houses of Priests & Bishops should be built neere vnto Churches, with Prisons to punish the crimes of Clergie men. He died two yeares, nine moneths, and foureteene dayes after his election.

The See was voyd one yeare, and seuenteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 77] [Yeare of Christ. 657] VITALIANVS a Roman, ordayned singing in the Church of Rome, to the which he did accord Organs, the which had not beene vsed in diuine seruice: and being wholly giuen to defend the Christian Religion against Heretickes, he died within three yeares, fiue moneths, and nine and twentie dayes.

The See was vacant two moneths, and foureteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 78] [Yeare of Christ. 672] DEODAT a Roman Monke, cured a Leaper in kissing him, as some write: h•• was a religious man, affable, and liberall to the poore, and strangers. He died, ha∣uing held the Chaire foure yeares, two moneths, and fifteene dayes.

The See was voyd foure moneths, and six dayes.

[Number of Popes. 79] [Yeare of Christ. 676] DONNIVS a Roman, caused the porch of S. Peters Church to be paued with marble: and by his integritie he subiected the Church of Rauenna to that of Rome, the which pretended to be head of it selfe. He died two yeares, fiue moneths, and ten dayes after his election.

The See was voyd two moneths, and eight and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 80] [Yeare of Christ. 680] AGATHON a Sicilian Monke, was of so good a disposition, as neuer man that came vnto him went away sad or discontent, but joyfull and comforted. He died within two yeares, and seuen moneths.

The See was vacant seuen moneths.

THE SIXT GENERALL COVNCELL.

A Generall Councell was held at Constantinople of two hundred eightie nine Bishops, against the Monothelites, who denied two wills and natures in Iesus Christ. The Patriarch of Constantinople for••ooke his heresie; but Machaire of Antioch would not leaue it, and was therefore deposed from his Bishopricke. Mar∣riage to the Pri••sts of Greece was allowed there, but not to the West••rne Church.

[Number of Popes. 81] [Yeare of Christ. 682] LEO the second, a Sicilian, a verie learned man in the Greeke and Latine tongues, and a good Musitian, who reduced the singing into better musicke. He loued the poore, exhorting all by words, and example, to pietie, justice, humanitie, and other vertues; hauing ordayned that they should giue the Pixe at the Masse. He died within ten moneths, and nineteene dayes.

The See was vacant one yeare, one moneth, and one and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 82] [Yeare of Christ. 684] BENNET the second, a Roman, was of so holie a conuersation, as in fauour of him the Emperour Constantine the fourth allowed the election of Popes to be suffi∣cient, being made by the Clergie, and people of Rome, without the authoritie and confirmation of the Emperour: the which was not long obserued. He died ten moneths, and seuen and twentie dayes after his election.

The See was vacant two moneths, and nine dayes.

[Number of Popes. 83] [Yeare of Christ. 685] IO••N the fift, a Syrian, a learned and ve••••uous man: he was consecrated like vnto

his predecessor, by the Bishops of Ostia, Portence, and Velitercia, the which he or∣dained should afterwards be obserued, as the custome is yet. He died within one yeare, and nine daies.

The See was void two moneths eighteene daies.

SCHISME VII.

[Yeare of Christ. 686] PETER an Archpriest of Rome, was chosen by the Clergie, and held the sea for certain daies. Theodore a priest of Rome being chosen by the Romane armie, held the chaire for certaine daies against Peter, and these two were the Authors of the seuenth Schismfoure, both which being expelled, Conon was created.

[Number of Popes. 84] CONON a Romane, surnamed Angel, for his holie life, doctrine, and beautie, was chosen Pope, after a great contention against Peter and Theodore. He died within eleuen moneths.

The See was vacant two moneths and fiue and twentie daies.

SCHISME VIII.

THEODORE a priest of Rome, a rich man, who had corrupted the souldiers with money, held the See for certaine daies.

PASCHAL an Archdeacon, being conuicted of art magicke during the Schisme of Theodore, had also the ••h••are for certain daies, but in the end both being expelled, Sergius was created.

[Number of Popes. 85] [Yeare of Christ. 687] SERGIVS a Syrian, a man of a holie life: he died thirteene yeares, eight mo∣neths, and thirteene daies after his creation.

The See was void one moneth and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 86] [Yeare of Christ. 701] IOHN the sixt, a Grecian, he was very carefull to repaire Churches and Altars, and to redeeme captiues with the treasure of the Church. He died hauing held the chaire three yeares, two moneths, and fourteene daies.

The See was vacant one moneth and eighteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 87] [Yeare of Christ. 705] IOHN the seuenth a Grecian, an eloquent man, hauing caused many Churches to be repaired, and to be enricht with pictures and statues, died two yeares, seuen moneths, and seuenteene daies after his election.

The See was not void at all.

[Number of Popes. 88] [Yeare of Christ. 707] SISINVS or ZOFIMVS a Syrian, a man of great sanctitie, died sodenly, be∣ing much tormented with the gout in his feet. He had a great desire not to omit that which did belong vnto a true Bishop. He liued in the place but twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 89] CONSTANTIN a Syrian, was beloued of all men, especially of the poore: this Pope being at Constantinople, the Emperour Iustinian the second kist his feet in signe of honour; and so that custome was brought in by this Emperor, the which continues vnto this day. He was the first of all the Popes which did oppo••e himselfe boldly against the Emperour Philip Bardanes, who would haue taken away images. He died hauing held the chaire eight yeares, one moneth, and twentie daies.

The See was vacant one moneth and ten daies.

[Number of Popes. 90] [Yeare of Christ. 716] GREGORIE the second a Romane, sent Boniface a learned Monke into Ger∣manie to preach the Gospell, where he conuerted many: he excommunicated the Emperor Leo surnamed Iconomachus, for that he attempted to take away images. So the Emperors proceeding was the cause of the encrease of the Romane See: for then Rome, and in a manner all Italie, retired themselues from the Emperors obedi∣ence. The Exarchat seased, being held by the Lombards: and from that time the princes of France were called to succour the Popes, who were by them (as Prote∣ctors) defended and inriched. He died hauing held the place fourteene yeares, ten moneths, and two and twentie daies.

The See was void one moneth and fiue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 91] [Yeare of Christ. 731] GREGORI•• the third, a Syrian, a learned man in the Greeke & Latine tongues, being besieged within Rome by the king of the Lombards, and hauing no support

from the Emperor, he retired himselfe into France to Charles Martel from whom he obtained what he desired. He died ten yeares, eight moneths, and foure and twentie daies after his creation.

The See was void two daies.

[Number of Popes. 92] [Yeare of Christ. 742] ZACHARIE a Grecian, a man endued with many vertues: he pacified Italie be∣ing then much troubled, and approued the election of Pepin to be king of France, in the place of Childericke, who was forced to become a Monke, and freed the French from the oath of allegeance which they had made to him. He died ten yeares, three moneths, and fifteene daies after he came to the place.

The See was void eight daies.

[Number of Popes. 93] [Yeare of Christ. 752] STEPHEN the second, a Romane, whom many omit, for that he liued but foure daies.

The See was vacant one day.

[Number of Popes. 94] [Yeare of Christ. 752] STEPHEN the third called the second, a wife & vertuous man, and so generally beloued, that he was carried by some vpon their shoulders vnto S. Iohn de Latran; whereupon the Popes vse to be carried at this day. He came into France, and obtai∣ned succours from Pepin against the king of the Lombards, with great presents, that is to say, the seigneurie of Rauenna, of a great extent, the which in former times did belong vnto the Emperours Lieutenants: hauing annointed Pepin king of France, he died hauing beene Pope fiue yeares, and nine and twentie daies.

The See was vacant two and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 95] [Yeare of Christ. 757] PAVL a Romane, brother to Stephen, a man very pitifull to the poore, sicke, and prisoners, whom he did visit alone in the night. He was created Pope, notwithstan∣ding the election made by some of Theophylactes. Paul died, a great defender of widdowes, orphanes, and poore people, hauing held the place ten yeares, and one moneth.

The See was void one yeare, seuen moneths, and seuen daies.

SCHISME IX.

[Yeare of Christ. 757] THEOPHYLACTES a Romane, an Archdeacon, was chosen by some during the Schisme against Paul, and held the See certaine moneths.

SCHISME X.

CONSTANTIN of Nepese a Layman, was created by the Laitie by force, and against the Canons: he held the See one yeare, one moneth, ten daies.

PHILIP a Romane Monke, during the Scisme was created by the Laitie against Constantin, and held it fiue daies, but both being expelled, they created Stephen.

[Number of Popes. 96] [Yeare of Christ. 786] STEPHEN the fourth called the third, a Sycilian Monke, was chosen Pope against the election of Constantin and Philip both Antipopes. Stephen hauing in a Councel at Latran reuoked the ordinances of Constantin the Antipope, and disanulled the seuenth Councel at Constantinople, called by the Emperor Constantin the fift (some say Leo the third his father) for that which concerned images; died three yeares, fiue moneths, and seuen and twentie daies after his election.

The See was void nine daies.

[Number of Popes. 97] [Yeare of Christ. 789] ADRIAN a Romane, one of the most famous of all his predecessors in bountie, learning, & sanctitie of life, called Charlemaigne king of France to succour him against Didier king of the Lombards, who lost his realme in a Councell of one hundred fif∣tie and three Bishops, which Segebert calls generall. He gaue to Charlemagne power to chuse the Pope, and other Prelats, and ordained that his Bulls should be sealed in lead. He died hauing beene Pope seuen yeres, ten moneths, and seuenteene daies.

The See was not void at all.

THE SEVENTH COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 789] A Councell held at Nicee of three hundred and fiftie Bishops, for the restitution of images, and a formeto honour them: but this was opposed by the Councell of Frankfort.

[Number of Popes. 98] [Yeare of Christ. 796] LEO the third, a Roman, a learned man, louing the poore giuen to preach, and affecting learned men, was beaten almost to death, and put in prison by two Roman Priests, from the which he escaped, and came into France to Charlemagne who resto∣red him to his dignitie, hauing purged himselfe by oath. After that he had crow∣ned Charles the emperour, he died, hauing been Pope twentie yeares, fiue moneths, and eighteene dayes.

The See was voyd twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 99] [Yeare of Christ. 816] STEPHEN the fift, called the fourth, a Roman, a noble man, and learned: He came into France to excuse himselfe touching his election, without the consent of the emperour Lewis the Gentle, whom he crowned at Rheims; then returning to Rome, he died six moneths, and three and twentie dayes after his election.

The See was voyd two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 100] [Yeare of Christ. 817] PASCAL a Roman Monke, being chosen without the authoritie of the Empe∣rour Lewis the Gentle, ex••used himselfe by letters and embassages: Then the empe∣rour did quit this goodly Prerogatiue and right of election, reseruing onely that the new Pope should renew amitie by embassages, presently after his election. He died, hauing beene Pope seuen yeares, three moneths, and seuenteene dayes.

The See was voyd foure dayes.

[Number of Popes. 101] [Yeare of Christ. 824] EVGENIVS the second, a Roman, liberall to the poore, and learned, was cho∣sen Pope, notwithstanding the election of one Zinzius. He died three yeares, six moneths, foure and twentie dayes after his election.

The See was vacant two dayes.

SCHISME XI.

[Yeare of Christ. 824] ZINZINVS a Roman, created during the Schisme against Eugenius, held the See cert••ine dayes.

[Number of Popes. 102] [Yeare of Christ. 827] VALENTIN a Roman, an eloquent man, and of good life; he died within one moneth, and ten dayes.

The See was vacant three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 103] [Yeare of Christ. 828] GREGORIE the fourth, a Roman, gaue Councell to king Lewis the Gentle, to hold the Feast of all Saints in France and Germanie, vpon the first day of Nouem∣ber. He liued Pope sixteene yeares.

The See was voyd fift••ene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 104] [Yeare of Christ. 844] SERGIVS the second, a Roman, a good man, called before Swines snowt, chan∣ged his name, and was the first (according to the common opinion) which gaue oc∣casion to his successours to chaunge their names a•• their election. He died the third yeare.

The See was not voyd.

[Number of Popes. 105] [Yeare of Christ. 847] LEO the fou••th, a Roman and a Monke, was a verie good man: he resisted the Sarrazins comming with a great armie against the Neopolitans and Romans: and hauing first called vpon God, and then giuen leaue to go against the enemies, his men returned victors. He died eight yeares, three moneths, and six dayes after his election.

The See was vacant six dayes.

AN ADVERTISEMENT.

Some Historians, yea of great authoritie, set in this place Ioan the seuenth or eighth, a German or Engl••sh woman vnder the habit of a man, being a woman, studied in such sort as she was aduaun••ed to be Pope, and ruled two yeares, and certaine moneths, at the end whereof (being w••th child) ••••e was deliuered in a publicke Procession, and died. Martinus Polo∣••u••, Platina, Volateranus, Philip, Berg. Nau••lerus, and others.

[Number of Popes. 106] [Yeare of Christ. 855] BENEDICT the third, a Roman, was chosen against his will, weeping when he receiued h••s charge, and taking God to witnesse, That he was not ca••able: yet he was a verie good man, visited the sicke, fed the poore, comforted the comfortlesse,

and defended the widowes and orphans. He was deposed, and in the meane time Anastasius vsurped the See. Afterwards he was restored, and died, hauing beene Pope two yeares, eight moneths, and sixteene dayes.

SCHISME XII.

[Yeare of Christ. 855] ANASTASIVS the third, a Roman, created during the Schisme against Benedict, held the place for certaine dayes, and was the Aut••or of the twelfth Schisme.

[Number of Popes. 107] [Yeare of Christ. 858] NICHOLAS the Great, a Roman: he made many Decrees, and among others, That no man should assist at the Masse of a Priest base borne: That baptisme should not be reiterated, although it were administred by a Pagan or Iew, so as it were in the name of the Father, the Sonne, and the Holie Ghost. He died, hauing held the Chaire nine yeares, six moneths, and twentie dayes.

The See was vacant seuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 108] [Yeare of Christ. 867] ADRIAN the second, a Roman, was chosen Pope without the attending of the Emperours Embassadours: He was a good man, and learned, liberall to the poore, and humble to all men, yea washing the Bishops feet. He died, foure yeares, eleuen moneths, and twelue dayes after his election.

The See was voyd two dayes.

THE EIGHT GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 869] A Generall Councell was held the fourth time at Constantinople, by 300 or 383 Bishops, against Photinus Bishop of Constantinople, who was reiected and ex∣communicated, and Ignatius (vniustly depriued) was restored.

[Number of Popes. 109] [Yeare of Christ. 872] IOHN the eight, a Roman (for we will leaue Ioane) a learned man, came into France, hauing escaped out of prison at Rome: He crowned three Emperours in foure yeares, Charles the Bald at Rome, Lewis the Stuttering, in a Councell held at Troys, and Charles the Grosse after his returne to Rome, the which neuer happe∣ned to any Pope. He died, hauing held the place ten yeares, and two dayes.

The See was voyd three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 110] [Yeare of Christ. 882] MARTIN the second came to be Pope by bad practises, and died within one yeare, and one moneth.

The See was voyd two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 111] [Yeare of Christ. 884] ADRIAN the third, a Roman, ordayned, after Nicholas, That no Emperour should deale any more with the election of the Pope, but that it should be free vnto the Clergie. He died after his election one yeare, three moneths, and nine∣teene dayes.

The See was voyd three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 112] [Yeare of Christ. 885] STEPHEN the sixt, called the fift, a Roman: he tooke delight in the holinesse of some men, especially of one called Ber••rdus Bishop of Poictiers. He held the place six ye••res, and nine dayes.

The See was voyd fiue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 113] [Yeare of Christ. 891] FORMO••VS, a Roman, was chosen Pope: he held the See foure yeares, six moneths, and eighteene dayes, and then was depriued, and afterwards was restored by corruption.

The See was voyd fiue moneths, and two dayes.

SCHISME XIII.

SERG••VS the third, a Roman, created during the Schisme against Formosus, held the See for a certaine time, which Schisme was cruell and scandalous, and lasted long.

[Number of Popes. 114] [Yeare of Christ. 895] BONIFACE the sixt, was put to death within 25 daies after his election: He did nothing worthie of no••e in so short a time, no more than his six successors, for du∣ri••g their liues, the one did persecute another vnworthily.

The See was voyd fiue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 115] [Yeare of Christ. 896] STEPHEN the seuenth, called the sixt, a Romane, caused the decrees o•• F••••mo¦sus to be broken; he vnburied his bodie, and cut off two of his fingers, and th••n inter red him among the Laitie. In the end repenting him of his villanous acts he became a Monke, hauing held the See one yeare, two moneths, and nineteene daies.

The See was vacant three daies.

[Number of Popes. 116] [Yeare of Christ. 897] ROMAINE borne at Rome, did approue the acts of Formosus, disanulli••g those of Stephen: he was Pope foure moneths, and three and twentie daies.

The See was void one day.

[Number of Popes. 117] [Yeare of Christ. 897] THEODORE the second, a Romane, a seditious man, who by the just judgement of God, died twentie daies after his election. Platina saith, that in those daies men came vnto Ecclesiasticall dignities by corruption, and not by vertue, as in former times.

The See was void one day.

[Number of Popes. 118] [Yeare of Christ. 897] IOHN the ninth, a Romane and a Monke, flying to Rauenna, disanulled the acts of St••phen, and ••atefied the decrees of Formosus in the presence of the Emperor, and of king Charles the Simple. He died hauing held the place one yeare, and fifteene daies.

The See was void one day.

[Number of Popes. 119] [Yeare of Christ. 898] BENNET the fourth, a Romane, he was not worthie of memorie, for the great troubles which were raised by his predecessors. He died hauing bin Pope one yere, six moneths, and fifteene daies.

The See was vacant six daies.

[Number of Popes. 120] [Yeare of Christ. 902] LEO the fift, hauing held the See fortie daies, was imprisoned in a Monasterie, and then forc••d by his successor to become a Monke. He died of griefe, seeing him∣selfe so ill intreated by him whom he had bread vp and aduanced.

The See was not voyd at all.

SCHISME XIIII.

[Number of Popes. 121] [Yeare of Christ. 902] CHRISTOPHER, a Romane, during the Schisme against Leo, hauing so wicked∣ly made himselfe Pope, as we haue said, lost it within seuen moneths after. He was put in prison, and died poorely.

The See was not void.

[Number of Popes. 122] [Yeare of Christ. 902] SERGIVS the third, a Romane, caused his predecessor to be put in prison: he commaunded the bodie of Formosus the one hundred & thirteenth Pope, to whom he had beene a Competitor, to be taken out of the graue, and his head to be cu•• off as if he had beene aliue. He died hauing held the place seuen yeares, three moneths, and sixteene daies.

The See was void fiue daies.

[Number of Popes. 123] [Yeare of Christ. 910] ANASTASIVS the third, a Roma••e, hauing carried himselfe honestly, and done no act worthie of reprehension, died, hauing beene Pope two yeres, one moneth, and two and twentie daies.

The See was void two daies.

[Number of Popes. 124] [Yeare of Christ. 912] LANDVS SA••INVS a man of smal esteeme, died after two yeres, six moneths, and two and twentie daie••.

The S••e was vacant six and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 125] [Yeare of Christ. 913] IOHN the tenth, a Romane, giuen more to armes than to pietie and religion, ex∣pelled the Sarrazins out of Calabria, with the helpe of Albert Marquis of Tuscane; and for that he did attribute vnto himselfe all the glorie of this victorie, he was slain by the souldiers; hauing bin Pope fifteene yeares, two moneths, and fifte••ne dayes.

The See was void one daie.

[Number of Popes. 126] [Yeare of Christ. 928] LEO the sixt, a Romane, hauing carried himselfe honestly, according to the cor∣ruption of that age, died within six moneths, and fifteene daies after his election.

The See was void one daye.

[Number of Popes. 127] [Yeare of Christ. 928] STEPHEN the eight, called the seuenth, a Romane, a modest & religious man.

He died hauing beene Pope two yeares, one moneth, and fifteene daies.

The See was void two daies.

[Number of Popes. 128] [Yeare of Christ. 930] IOHN the eleuenth, a Romane, hauing done nothing worthie of memorie, died hauing held the place foure yeares, eleuen moneths, and fifteene daies.

The See was void one daie.

[Number of Popes. 129] [Yeare of Christ. 935] LEO the seuenth, a Romane, did nothing worthie of memorie. The he••••ie of the Anthropomorphites (who said that God had a corporall forme) renewed at this time. Otho the first, was the first Emperour which gaue the oath of fidelitie to this Pope, whom he freed out of prison, where he had beene put by the Romanes: and Leo confirmed vnto him the power to chuse the Popes. He died after three yeres, six moneths, and ten daies.

The See was void one moneth.

[Number of Popes. 130] [Yeare of Christ. 939] STEPHEN the ninth, called the eight, he came not out of his house by reason of the scars he had in his face, of wounds which he had receiued in a fedition. He died hauing beene pope three yeares, foure moneths, and fifteene daies.

The See was void ten daies.

[Number of Popes. 131] [Yeare of Christ. 942] MARTIN the third, a Romane, a quiet man; he repaired Churches, and fed the poore. He died within three yeres, six moneths, and fourteene daies after his election

The See was vacant three daies.

[Number of Popes. 132] [Yeare of Christ. 946] AGAPETVS the third, a Romane, a man of a good life, and a louer of peace, he died hauing held the chaire nine yeares, seuen moneths, and ten daies.

The See was void twelue daies.

[Number of Popes. 133] [Yeare of Christ. 956] IOHN the twelf••h, a Romane, he was one of the first that changed his name, he was wicked, licencious, and cruell; & comming to that dignitie by h•••• fathers great∣nesse he held it vnworthily eight yeares, foure moneths, and one day, hauing cut off a Cardinalls nose, and anothers hand, for that he had written vnto the Emperor Otho the first, what a scandall the church did suffer by his detestable life.

The See was not void.

[Number of Popes. 134] [Yeare of Christ. 963] LEO the eight, a Romane (after that Iohn the twelfth had beene deposed for his wicked life, in a councell held at Rome, almost of all the Bishops of Italie) was sub∣stituted by Otho the Great, defendor of the Church, and a very religious prince: and he held the See one yeare, six moneths, and seuenteene daies. Presently after the de∣parture of Otho, Iohn the twelfth was called home againe by the seditious and incon∣stant Romanes, and Leo expelled, who retired himselfe to the Emperour to auoid a greater Schisme. Iohn being thus restored, held the See three moneths, and eight and twentie daies, at the end whereof being taken in adulterie, he was slaine by the wo∣mans husband.

LEO the eight was restored by Otho, and held the See eight moneths, and two and twentie daies: and Bennet the fist was banished and degraded by Otho, after that he had besieged, and taken the towne. Leo seeking to preuent the malice of the Ro∣manes, who proceeded in the election by corruption and practises, ordained in open Senat, That no man should be made Pope without the consent of the Emperour, And he restored the donation made vnto the Church by Iustin.

The See was void six moneths and one daie.

SCHISME XV.

[Yeare of Christ. 964] BENNET the fift a Romane, created during the Schisme against Leo, held the place certaine daies.

[Number of Popes. 135] [Yeare of Christ. 665] IOHN the thirteenth, a Romane, a Bishops sonne, held the seat six yeares, eleuen moneths, and fiue daies. The seditious Romanes being accustomed to reiect their Bishop, caused him to be put in prison by Peter their Prouost, and then banished, but nearing that Otho the first came against them with a great armie, they called him backe againe. This Prouost was deliuered ouer to the hangman, who stripped him, and set him vpon an asse with his face turned, and his hands bound vnder the taile

and so was led through the citie, after which he was sent into exile, and his adhe∣rents punished.

The See was voyd thirteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 136] [Yeare of Christ. 972] DONNVS the second, a Roman, he was so modest, as he indured all indignities of the Romans, and died within three moneths of his election.

The See was not void at all.

[Number of Popes. 137] [Yeare of Christ. 972] BENNET the fift, called the sixt, hauing held the See one yere, & six moneths, was imprisoned by Cinthius a Roman citisen, where he was strangled: others say, he died of hunger, for which iniurie there was no justice done. Platina wonders at the chaunge of things, for that now the Soueraigne Bishops of Rome haue a grea∣ter power.

The See was voyd one yeare, and ten dayes.

[Number of Popes. 138] [Yeare of Christ. 974] BONIFACE the seuenth, enioyed his dignitie but one moneth, and twelue dayes.

The See was voyd twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 139] [Yeare of Christ. 975] BENNET the sixt, called the seuenth, hauing endeauoured like a good man, and a louer of peace, to persuade the Germans and Italians to make choyce of a good Emperour, the Common-weale being much afflicted. He held the See nine yeres, one moneth, and ten dayes.

The See was voyd three dayes.

SCHISME XVI.

[Yeare of Christ. 975] THe sixteenth Schisme was betwixt Boniface the seuenth, Bennet the sixt, and Iohn the foureteenth.

[Number of Popes. 140] [Yeare of Christ. 984] IOHN the foureteenth, a Roman, was put in prison, either for his wicked life, or by the kinsfolkes of Boniface the seuenth, his enemies, to whom he had beene compe∣titor, where he died of hunger.

The See was not voyd at all.

[Yeare of Christ. 985] BONIFACE the seuenth, a Roman, entred the Chaire by vnlawfull meanes, and by the same meanes fell from it, hauing stollen the treasures of S. Peter, he fled to Constantinople, from whence he returned, hearing that Iohn the foureteenth was chosen Pope, whom he put in prison, and (as some write) he caused his eyes to be put out: and he died of hunger. He gouerned the Church the second time, foure moneths, and six dayes.

The See was vacant ten dayes.

[Number of Popes. 141] [Yeare of Christ. 985] IOHN the fifteenth, was hated of all men, for that he distributed the goods of the Church to his kinsfolks and friends (whereof at this day there is too much imittation.) He died of hunger being a prisoner, and then in great want by the will of God, hauing beene Pope nine yeares, six moneths, and ten dayes.

The See was void one day.

[Number of Popes. 142] [Yeare of Christ. 995] IOHN the sixteenth, a Roman, a wife and valiant Pope: he held the See foure moneths.

The See was voyd six dayes.

[Number of Popes. 143] [Yeare of Christ. 995] GREGORIE the fift, a Saxon, cousin to the Emperour Otho the third, hauing beene forced to retire himselfe into Germanie, by the practises of Crescentius the Consul, who had caused Iohn the seuenteenth to be chosen Antipope. The Con∣sul was hanged by the people, and the Antipope was depriued both of dignitie and life, hauing first lost his eyes. This, with other causes recited by Platina, gaue way to the seuen Electors of the Empire, the which was confirmed by Gregorie, in a Councell held at Rome. He held the See two yeares, eight moneths, and three dayes.

The See was voyd eight moneths, and ten dayes.

SCHISME XVII.

[Yeare of Christ. 997] IOHN the seuenteenth, a Grecian, created during the Schisme, a wicked and detestable man (whom many put in the number of Popes) held the Chaire ten moneths before that Gregorie was restored. They put out the eyes, and cut off the nose and cares of Crescentius, and afterwards hanged him, being first murthered by the people, as Platina reports.

[Number of Popes. 144] [Yeare of Christ. 998] SYLVESTER the second, a Monke, borne in Aquitaine, leauing his Abbey for the desire he had to learning, went to Seuille in Spaine, held then by the Sarra∣zins, where he studied, so as he was Scholemaister to Robert the French king, and to the Emperour Otho: after which, he was Archbishop of Rheims, and then of Ra∣uenna, and in the end Pope. Some write, that he came to this dignitie by magicke, which he had studied in Spaine. He was before called Gilbert or Gerbert: and died, foure yeres, six moneths, and twelue dayes after his election.

The See was voyd fine and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 145] [Yeare of Christ. 1003] IOHN the seuenteenth, a Roman, confirmed the Feast of All-Soules, by the councell of Odile Abbot of Clugny, who had beene amazed at the noyse he had heard about Mount Etna, which grew by reason of the blustering and raging waues of the Sea, and the vomiting forth of fire in the Mountaine. Berno writes, That he was also giuen to the studie of Negromancie. He died within foure moneths, and fiue and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd nineteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 146] [Yeare of Christ. 1003] IOHN the eighteenth, a Roman, was chosen Pope: he was wholly giuen to idle∣nesse, and did nothing worthie of note. He gouerned the See fiue yeares, and eight moneths.

The See was voydone moneth.

[Number of Popes. 147] [Yeare of Christ. 1009] SERGIVS the fourth, a Roman, a discreet man, liberall to the poore, and gra∣tious to all, gouerned the See wisely two yeares, two moneths, and nineteene dayes. Volat. Platina, and Genebrard, wonder how this Pope could be so honest a man; considering the great troubles and combustions which had beene in the law∣full succession of Soueraigne Bishops, as in old time in the Synagogue vnder the Antiochi.

The See was vacant eight dayes.

[Number of Popes. 148] [Yeare of Christ. 1012] BENNET the seuenth, called the eight, being reiected by the Romans, after the death of Henrie the second, was restored, hauing agreed with his enemies: he held the See eleuen yeares, three moneths, and one and twentie dayes. They report that he was seene by a Bishop after his death, riding vpon a blacke horse, intreating him to giue his money which was hidden, vnto the poore, saying, That what he had giuen did profit him nothing, being gotten by rapine, and that he was grieuously tormented. Platina.

The See was voyd two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 149] [Yeare of Christ. 1024] IOHN the nineteenth, brother vnto Bennet, according vnto Platina, hauing long made warre against the Romans, and hauing not taken any Ecclesiastical orders, be∣ing supported by the Emperor Conrade, was chosen Pope, which place he held eight yeares, eight moneths, and nine dayes.

The See was voyd two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 150] [Yeare of Christ. 10-2.] BENNET the eight, called the ninth, surnamed Tuscalan, being of a villanous life, was twice deiected by the Romans, and the other two which follow, chosen. He held the See twelue yeres, foure moneths, & ten dayes. He appeared in a monstrous shape after his death, saying, That he had liued without law or reason. Plat. Berg.

SCHISME XVIII.

[Yeare of Christ. 124-] SYLVESTER the third, a Roman, during the Schisme was chosen, and Bennet depoted: but being found more vnworthie than Bennet, he was expelled, hauing

held the place but one moneth, and Bennet restored. Ambition and corruption (too ordinarie a thing amongst them) are of more force than a Christian life, to attaine vnto dignities, a lamentable thing saith Platina.

[Yeare of Christ. 1045] IOHN the twentieth, a Romane, created also during the Schisme of Bennet and Siluester, held the See one yeare, and twelue daies. This Schisme growing by these three Popes was the cause of great mischiefes. Plat.

[Number of Popes. 151] [Yeare of Christ. 1045] GREGORIE the sixt, a Romane, hauing had the Popedome by resignation from Bennet, or rather by sale, was forced by the Emperour Henrie the third, to leaue it within one yeare, seuen moneths, and twentie daies.

A councell was held at Sutrin neere vnto Rome in the presence of the Emperor Henrie, where these three Popes were deposed, and the election giuen againe to the Emperor, and to his successors, to auoid Schismes. Herm. Gontr. in his Chronicle.

[Number of Popes. 152] [Yeare of Christ. 1047] CLEMENT the second, a Saxon, was imprisoned by Damasus the second his suc∣cessor, in the ninth moneth, according vnto Platina: but Onufrius faith, that Damasus was a good man.

[Number of Popes. 153] [Yeare of Christ. 1048] DAMASVS the second, of Bauaria, made himselfe Pope without any election, but he died within three and twentie daies, and so escaped punishment for his faults. Plat.

The See was void six moneths and three daies.

[Number of Popes. 154] [Yeare of Christ. 1049] LEO the ninth, a Germane, a man of a noble familie, of good life and great lear∣ning, louing the poore and strangers, so as his pallace was open to all men. They say that our Sauiour appeared to him like vnto a poore man, whom he lodged in his own bed, and then he vanished away. He died fiue yeres, two moneths, and eight and twentie daies after his election.

The See was void eleuen moneths and foure and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 155] [Yeare of Christ. 1055] VICTOR the second, of Bauaria, was chosen, not willingly, but to please the Emperor, chusing a Germane. He died within two yeres, two moneths, and sixteene daies.

The See was void foure daies.

[Number of Popes. 156] [Yeare of Christ. 1057] STEPHEN the tenth, called the eleuenth, a Monke of Lorraine, drew the Church of Milan vnder the obeidence of that of Rome, hauing beene two hundred yeares head of it selfe. He died within seuen moneths and eight and twentie daies.

The See was vacant six daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1058] BENNET the ninth called the tenth, a Romane, hauing not entred into the dig∣nitie by the doore, but by force and violence, continued only nine moneths, and ten daies, and then was deposed.

[Number of Popes. 157] [Yeare of Christ. 1059] NICHOLAS the second, of Sauoy, a man of a good life, held the See two yeres, three moneths, and fiue and twentie daies.

A Councell held at Rome by Pope Nicholas, and one hundred and eighteene Bi∣shops: where it was ordained, That the Popes election should belong vnto the Car∣dinals, Bishops, and Priests (yet the rest of the clergie and people should allow of ••.) chusing some one of their Colledge, although he were not honoured with the title of Cardinall.

The See was void three moneths.

[Number of Popes. 158] [Yeare of Christ. 1061] ALEXANDER the second, a Millanois, a learned man, chosen in his absence for the same of his vertues, and the first after that decree of elections: yet some of the Bishops fauoring the Emperour and not allowing it, made chose of Candole a very rich and powerful Bishop, and so raised the nineteenth Schisine. There was a sharpe incounter, but Alexander had the victorie. He was Pope eleuen yeres, six moneths, and fiue daies.

SCHISME XIX.

[Yeare of Christ. 1061] HONORIVS the second, chosen during the Schisme against Alexander, called before Candole, a Bishop: he held the See, and was Antipope fiue yeares, and then was deposed.

[Number of Popes. 159] GREGORIE the seuenth, of Sienna, a Monke of Clugnie, before called Hilde∣brand, excommunicated Henry 4, for that he sought to meddle with the election•• and conferring of Bishopricks: he caused Rodulphus duke of Sueuia to be made Em∣peror, who was vanquished by Henrie: he was thrice imprisoned, first by Cynth•••• sonne to the Prouost of Rome, and afterwards by the Emperor, from whence he es∣caped by the helpe of the Romanes, and of Mathilda countesse of Mantoua, and of Guischard the Norman, prince of Pouille, who led him to Salerna, where he died ha∣uing been Pope twelue yeres, one moneth, and three daies. The quarrell for inuesti∣tures, betwixt the Popes and Emperours, was the cause of great mischiefes. Mart. Pol.

The See was void one yeare.

SCHISME XX.

[Yeare of Christ. 1080] CLEMENT the third, was chosen in a Councell held at Bressia, by the persuasion of the Emperor Henrie the fourth, and Gregorie deposed, who held the See in Schisme one and twentie yeares against Gregorie and his successors.

[Number of Popes. 160] [Yeare of Christ. 1086] VICTOR the third, a Monke of Beneuent, sought to execute the decrees of his predecessor, against the Emperor Henrie the fourth, and died within one yere, three moneths, and foure daies after his election.

The See was void fiue moneths and three and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 161] [Yeare of Christ. 1088] VRBAN the second, a French man, and a Monke, sought to reforme the man∣ners of the Clergie, being a vertu••us and learned man: and seeing that he was not safe in Italie, making no account of Mathilda countesse of Mantoua, who had drawn Gregorie the seuenth out of prison, and left her lands vnto the Church, now called the patrimonie of S. Peter, he came into France, where he forced king Philip the first to take his wife againe, leauing her with whom he had liued in adulterie. He died hauing held the place eleuen yeres, foure moneths, and eighteene daies. Some write that he was a turbulent man, and therefore they called him Turbanus, and that he had beene a houshold seruant and disciple to Pope Gregorie the seuenth, who was giuen to all diuilish arts. Benno.

The See was void fourteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 162] [Yeare of Christ. 1099] PASCALL the second, a Tuscan Monke, was chosen against his will, being atti∣red in a scarlet cloake, with a crowne vpon his head, and girt with a girdle, at the which did hang seuen keyes, and as many seales, signifying a power to shut and open, and mounted vpon a white horse was led vnto the place of Latran. He came into France, to reforme the Clergie in a Councell held at Trois, where he forbad the Clergie to marrie, for the which he chased away many Prelats and Priests. Bei••g re∣turned to Rome, he reduced by armes many townes vnder his obedience: he confir∣med the excommunication against Henrie the fourth, Emperor, and persuaded his sonne to take vpon him the gouernment of the Empire, by whom he was impriso¦ned; hauing kist the Popes feet, he was forced to yeeld vnto him the inuestiture of Bishoprickes, and Abbaies that were vac••nt: which power he afterwards left, fea∣ring to loose the Empire. In the end he died, hauing beene Pope eighteene yeares, fiue moneths, and nine daies.

The See was vacant three daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1101] ALBERT of Atella, created during the Schisme, after the death of Clement the third, held the chaire against Pascall, two yeares and foure moneths.

[Yeare of Christ. 1102] THEODORIC a Romane, did also during this Schisme hold the See three mo∣neths, and fifteene daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1102] SILVESTER the third, a Romane, during the Schisme (after Theodoric) did also hold the See against Pascal the second.

The See was void two daies.

[Number of Popes. 163] [Yeare of Christ. 1118] GELASIVS the second, borne at Gaiette, was beaten and imprisoned (not withstanding that he was a Monke, and of a good life) by one called Cinthius a

Roman of great power, but he was presently set at libertie by the people. Hauing excommunicated the Emperour Henrie the fist, and Gregorie the eight his Anti∣pope, fearing the Emperours forces, he fled into France, where he died, a yeare and fiue and twentie dayes after his election.

The See was vacant two dayes.

SCHISME XXI.

[Yeare of Christ. 1118] GREGORIE the eight, a Spaniard, otherwise called Burdin, was created du∣ring the Schisme against Gelasius the second, and held the See three yeares.

[Number of Popes. 164] [Yeare of Christ. 1119] CALIXTVS the second, a Bourgondian, sonne or brother to the duke of Bour∣gondie, being created Pope in France, went to Rome, against the Antipope, who being taken, was set vpon an Asse with his face backward, holding the tayle in his hand for a bridle, and then was put in prison, where he died. Calixtus maintained the See against the other Pope, and the Emperor Henrie the fift, who resigned his right of the inuestiture and collation of Benefices, the which had beene the cause of great combustions. He held the See fiue yeares, ten moneths, and thirteene dayes.

The See was void one day.

A GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 1123] A Generall Councell was held at Lateran in Rome, by nine hundred and seuen∣teene Bishops, against the Sarrazins and Turkes.

[Number of Popes. 165] [Yeare of Christ. 1124] HONORIVS the second, of Bolognia, a man of base condition, yet learned, ad∣uaunced more through the ambition of some, than by the consent of good men: he ruled fiue yeares, two moneths, and three dayes.

The See was voyd one day.

SCHISME XXII.

CELESTIN the second, a Roman, chosen by some Cardinalls, caused a Schisme against Honorius the second.

[Number of Popes. 166] [Yeare of Christ. 1130] INNOCENT the second, attempted warre against Roger the Norman, who cal∣led himselfe king of Naples, by whom he was vanquished in battaile, and was put in prison, from whence escaping, he came into France, where he held two Councells, one at Rheims, and another at Clermont, and hauing obtayned succours from king Lewis the Grosse, and from the Emperour Lothaire, he returned into Italie, and held the See thirteene yeares, seuen moneths, and eight dayes.

The See was voyd one moneth, and one day.

SCHISME. XXIII.

[Yeare of Christ. 1130] ANACLETVS the second, a Roman, was chosen by the Romans during the imprisonment of Innocent the second, and was Antipope, who stole away the treasure and reliques to pay his souldiers, and hauing been the cause of this Schisme against Innocent the second, died of griefe in the eight yeare.

The See was vacant certaine daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1138] VICTOR the fourth, a Roman, was created after the death of Anacletus, during the schisme against Innocent the second; the which he held fiue yeares.

A GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 1139] A Generall Councell was held at Lateran, by one thousand Fathers, for the right of the Clergie, and against the Antipopes.

[Number of Popes. 167] [Yeare of Christ. 1143] CELESTIN the second, a Tuscane, died within fiue moneths, and fiue dayes after his election, for griefe, by reason of the discord which was betwixt him and the people, who sought to aduance one of the Patritij. He had beene chosen with∣out the consent of the people, who now are excluded from that prerogatiue by

Innocent the second, and that power reduced to the Cardinalls alone. Onuphr.

The See was voyd twelue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 168] [Yeare of Christ. 1144] LVCIVS the second, a Roman, hauing beene hurt with stones by the people of Rome, seeking to take from them certaine officers by force, died within eleuen moneths, and foure dayes.

The See was voyd one day.

[Number of Popes. 169] [Yeare of Christ. 1145] EVGENIVS the third, borne at Pisa, a Monke of a holie life, Disciple to S. Ber∣nard: he was chased out of Rome for that he would not confirme certaine Consulls or rather Senators: he fled into France, where he persuaded king Lewis the Young, and Richard king of England, to make the third voyage to the Holie-land, and then returned to Rome, where he died, hauing beene Pope eight yeares, foure moneths, and twelue dayes.

The See was vacant one day.

[Number of Popes. 170] [Yeare of Christ. 1153] ANASTASIVS the fourth, a Roman: he was liberall to the poore, and died within one yeare, foure moneths, and foureteene dayes. At that time there was a generall famine ouer all Europe.

The See was voyd one day.

[Number of Popes. 171] [Yeare of Christ. 1154] ADRIAN, the fourth, an English Monke, hauing conuerted the people of Nor∣way to the faith, was made Pope: he excommunicated Frederic the first, for that he had resisted him, seeking to joyne Lombardie to the See of Rome. He died within foure yeares, eight moneths, and eight and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 172] [Yeare of Christ. 1159] ALEXANDER the third, of Sienna, a verie learned man: He expelled three An∣tipopes, and had great warres against the Emperour Frederic the first, whom he ex∣communicated; who seeking to be absolued, and being vpon his knees before him, Alexander trod him vnder his feet, and commaunded them to sing, Super Aspidem, & Basiliscum, &c. to whom the Emperour answered, Non tibi, sed Petro; and the Pope replied, Et mihi, & Petro. Volater. This Pope held the Chaire one and twentie yeares, eleuen moneths, and three and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd one day.

SCHISME. XXIIII.

[Yeare of Christ. 1159] VICTOR the fourth, created during the Schisme against Alexander the third, was Antipope foure yeares, and seuen moneths.

[Yeare of Christ. 1164] PASCAL the third, of Cresme, was, during the Schisme, created Antipope, and held it fiue yeares.

[Yeare of Christ. 1169] CALIXTVS the third, of Hongarie, was chosen Antipope during the schisme, and held the Chaire seuen yeares, and fiue moneths.

A GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 1180] A Generall Councell was held at Lateran (as Genebrard writes) of three hun∣dred Bishops, as well of the East as West, for the reformation of maners: where∣in, the doctrine of the Vaudois was condemned. It was also decreed, That in the Popes election, two third parts, concurring in their Suffrages, should suffice to auoyd all future schisme.

[Number of Popes. 173] [Yeare of Christ. 1181] LVCIVS the third, knowing that the Christians of the Holie-land were afflicted for their sinnes, persuaded the emperour Frederic, king Philip Augustus, and the king of England, to make the fourth voyage to the Holie-land. He died, fiue yeres, two moneths, and eight and twentie dayes after his election.

The See was not void at all.

[Number of Popes. 174] [Yeare of Christ. 1185] VRBAN the third, a Millanois, being aduertised of the taking of Hierusalem, by Saladin, Souldan of Aegypt, hauing been held by nine Christian kings for the space of 88 yeres, died for griese, hauing held the Chaire 1 yeare, 10 moneths, 25 dayes.

The See was voyd one day.

[Number of Popes. 175] [Yeare of Christ. 1187] GREGORIE the eight, of Beneuent, hauing beene verie carefull to ha••••••n away the souldiers, for the recouerie of the holie Land, d ed within one moneth, and seuen and twentie daies.

The See was void ten daies.

[Number of Popes. 176] [Yeare of Christ. 1188] CLEMENT the third, a Romane, a learned man, and of a holie life, sollicited all Christian princes to aduance their enterprise for the recouerie of the holie Land, and died within three yeres, two moneths, and sixteene daies after his election.

The See was void three daies.

[Number of Popes. 177] [Yeare of Christ. 1191] CELESTIN the third, a Romane, did secretly curse the realme of France, for that Philip Augustus had put away his first wife, the which he tooke againe, leauing the second. He dispensed with a Nunne, sister to the king of Sicile, to marie with the Emperor Henry the fourth, and died, hauing been Pope six yeres, nine moneths, and eleuen daies.

The See was not voyd at all.

[Number of Popes. 178] [Yeare of Christ. 1198] INNOCENT the third, reputed a learned man, as it appeares by his decretall Epistles, held the See eighteene yeres, six moneths, and nine daies.

A GENERALL COVNCELL AT LATRAN.

[Yeare of Christ. 1215] A Generall Councell was held at S. Iohn de Latran, of one thousand two hun∣dred eightie and fiue Prelats, and Embassadors to Emperors and Kings, against the errors of the Abbot Ioachim, and others. Plat. Tom. of Councells.

[Number of Popes. 179] [Yeare of Christ. 1216] HONORIVS the third, a Romane, hauing crowned the Emperor Frederic the second, excommunicated him for that he had rebelled against the See of Rome: he confirmed the orders of begging Friers, and tooke from the Carmelites the par∣tie-coloured habit of white and yellow: he ordained that the ho••••shold be carried to sicke persons with reuerence. He died, hauing beene Pope ten yeares, and eight moneths.

The See was vacant one daie.

[Number of Popes. 180] [Yeare of Christ. 1227] GREGORIE the ninth, borne at Anagnia, kinsman to Innocent ••h•• third, caused the decretalls to be gathered together by Raymond Barch his chaplaine: he forbad the reading of the ciuile law at Paris: he excommunicated the Emperour Frederic the second, delaying his voiage to the holie Land, the which he afterward accom∣plished and tooke Ierusalem. He died hauing raigned fourteene yeares, and fiue moneths.

The See was void one moneth and one day.

[Number of Popes. 181] [Yeare of Christ. 1241] CELESTIN the fourth, borne at Anagnia, a good and learned man. He died seuenteene daies after his election.

The See was void one yeare eight moneths and fifteene daies, by reason that the Cardinalls were detained prisoners by the Emperor Frederic the second.

[Number of Popes. 182] [Yeare of Christ. 1243] INNOCENT the fourth, a Geneuois, hauing depriued the Emperor Frederic the second of the Empire, for that he had rebelled against the holie See: he ordained that the Cardinalls should ride on horsebacke, and weare red hats, to signifie that they were readie to shed their bloud for the defence of the Church. Thus the Car∣dinall was the supreame order and dignitie among the Clergie: and this increase of honour was the decay of the Church. He died hauing written vpon the Decretals and Authentiques, and a booke of the imperiall and pontificall jurisdiction against P. de Viues, who attributed all to the Emperor. He held the place eleuen yeares, fiue moneths, and fourteene daies.

The See was vacant thirteene daies.

A GENERALL COVNCELL.

[Yeare of Christ. 1245] A Generall Councell was held at Lion in France, against Frederic the Emperor, whereas many feasts were instituted, and S. Lewis king of France declared the head of the fift expedition to the holie Land.

[Number of Popes. 183] [Yeare of Christ. 1254] ALEXANDER the fourth, borne at Agnania, a learned man, and liberall to the poore: he retired the Hermits of S. Augustin out of woods, and brought them into townes, commaunded them to preach and confesse: he condemned the booke of William of S. Amour, a doctor of Paris, who had written against the begging Friars: and died six yeares, fiue moneths, and fiue daies after his election.

[Number of Popes. 184] [Yeare of Christ. 1261] VRBAN the fourth, borne at Trois in Champagne, a shoomakers sonne, Patri∣arch of Ierusalem, was chosen Pope, the Cardinalls not agreeing to chuse one of their Colledge. Hauing instituted the feast of the holie sacrament, he crowned Charles duke of Anjou brother to S. Lewis, king of Sicile, and died hauing beene Pope three yeares, two moneths, and foure daies.

[Number of Popes. 185] [Yeare of Christ. 1265] CLEMENT the fourth, a French man, a learned man of great pietie and holi∣nesse, and very discreet in the distribution of the goods of the Church, hauing no re∣spect to aduance his owne children, or nephewes (for he had beene married) from one of which he tooke two benefices, he hauing three: he laboured to reconcile Christian princes, and died hauing held the place three yeres, nine moneths, and fiue and twentie daies.

The See was void two yeares six moneths and nine daies.

[Number of Popes. 186] [Yeare of Christ. 1271] GREGORIE the tenth, borne at Placentia in Lombardie, being an Archdea∣con in the holie Land, was chosen Pope. The Cardinalls hauing beene diuided two yeares and more, gaue occasion to one of them being in the Conclaue to say skof∣fingly, Let vs vncouer the house, for the Holie Ghost cannot descend and passe through so many couerings. Hauing made goodlie ordinances touching the election in a generall Councell held at Lions, among others that the Cardinalls should not depart the conclaue before the election were finished: he died, hauing beene Pope foure yeares, foure moneths, and ten daies.

The See was void ten daies.

A GENERALL COVNCELL AT LYON.

[Yeare of Christ. 1274] A Second generall Councell was held at Lyon, whereas the Greeke Church made an vnion with the Latin, which was the fourth time: but this accord con∣tinued not long, no more than the rest, Niceph. Greg. who said that Michaell Palaolo∣gus Emperor of Greece came thither in person.

[Number of Popes. 187] [Yeare of Christ. 1275] INNOCENT the fift, a Bourgondian, Prouinciall of the Iacobins in France, Do∣ctor in diuinitie, Archbishop of Lion, Cardinall of Ostia, and great Penitentiarie to the Pope: he reuoked the decree of his predecessor touching the election, before he went out of the Conclaue, and died fiue moneths, and two daies.

The See was vacant nine daies.

[Number of Popes. 188] [Yeare of Christ. 1276] ADREAN the fift, a Geneuois, reuoked also the order of Gregorie the tenth, touching the election before he went out of the Conclaue, and died after one mo∣neth, and seuen daies.

The See was void fiue and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 189] [Yeare of Christ. 1276] IOHN the twentieth, called the one and twentieth, borne in Portugal, making profession of physicke, but not fit for such a dignitie, of a Cardinall and Bishop of Tusculum he was created Pope, which place he held eight moneths, and eight daies.

The See was vacant six moneths and foure daies.

[Number of Popes. 190] [Yeare of Christ. 1277] NICHOLAS the third, of the house of Vrsins in Rome, a man of vnderstanding and of a great spirit: he tooke from Charles king of Sicile the office of Senator: he persuaded Peter king of Atragon to pretend an interest to the realm of Sicile, which was the cause of the Sicilian Euensong, so bloudie for the French: he expelled No∣taries & Petefoggers out of Rome, saying that they liued of the bloud of the poore: he brought Flaminia with the town of Bolonia, and the Exarcat of Rauenna (which had beene long subiect to the Emperor) vnder the power of the Romish See; and seeking to make a nephew of his, king of Lombardie, and another of Tuscane: he

died hauing beene Pope two yeares, eight moneths, and nine and twentie daies.

The See was void six moneths.

[Number of Popes. 191] [Yeare of Christ. 1281] MARTIN the second, called the fourth, of Tours: he restored Charles to the of∣fice of Senator, excommunicated the Emperor of Greece, and the king of Arragon, depriuing him of his realme, and giuing it to Charles brother to Philip the Faire. In the end he died after foure yeares, one moneth, and seuen daies. Some write that he was of so holie a life that sicke men receiued health comming to his Sepulcher.

The See was vacant foure dayes.

[Number of Popes. 192] [Yeare of Christ. 1285] HONORIVS the fourth, a Roman, a man of good life: He confirmed the ex∣communication made by his predecessour against Peter of Arragon, and died with∣in two yeares, and two dayes.

The See was voyd ten moneths, and eighteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 193] [Yeare of Christ. 1288] NIHOLAS the fourth, of Lombardie, of the order of the Friers Mynors, a lear ned man, and discreet in the distribution of Benefices, and the goods of the Church: He died, hauing held the place foure yeares one moneth, and foureteene dayes.

The See was vacant two yeares, three moneths, and two dayes.

[Number of Popes. 194] [Yeare of Christ. 1294] CELESTIN the fift, an Hermit, and Author of the order of the Celestins, after much briberie and corruption among the Cardinalls, was, by the fauour of Charles the second, king of Naples, chosen Pope. Afterwards, by his simplicitie, suffering himselfe to be circumuented by his successour, hauing cunningly told him in the night, That he should leaue his dignitie of Pope, for that he had decreed, that Car∣dinals should ride vpon Asses, in imitation of our Sauiour (a most holie ordinance, and prodigiously ouerthrowne, as Genebrard faith.) He left the Papacie, and retiring himselfe to the desarts, was taken by Boniface his successour, and put in prison, where he died for want, fiue moneths, and seuen dayes after his election.

The See was voyd ten dayes.

[Number of Popes. 195] [Yeare of Christ. 1294] BONIFACE the eight, a cunning, subtile, ingratefull, cruell, and arrogant man, of whom it is said, That he entred the dignitie of Pope like a Fox, deceiuing the good man Celestin, speaking vnto him through a Reed, as if it had beene an Angell, and by a hole made in his chamber: he raigned as a Lyon, saying, That he had power to giue and take away kingdomes; and to shew his pretended authoritie, he excom∣municated the French king, and gaue his realme to the Emperour Albert: he died like a dogge, hauing vnworthily held that dignitie eight yeares, nine moneths, and eighteene dayes. He ordayned the yeare of Iubile once in a hundred yeares: and was the first which gaue Indulgences. In this miserable time, the Emperour of the Turkes tooke his beginning in Ottoman.

The See was vacant ten dayes.

[Number of Popes. 196] [Yeare of Christ. 1303] BENNET the ninth, called the tenth, a Iacobin of a poore familie, his father be∣ing a Shepheard, but being afterwards made Cardinall of Ostia, he was chosen Pope. Some write, that he was a holie man, and peaceable: others say, that he was of a subtile spirit. Hauing absolued king Philip the Faire from the excommuni∣cation of his predecessor, and two Cardinals of the house of the Colonre•• he died (as some thought) poysoned by an Abbesse, who presented him with ••igges. He held the place eight moneths and six dayes.

The place was vacant ten moneths, and seuen and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 197] [Yeare of Christ. 1305] CLEMENT the fift, of Bourdeaux, and Archbishop of that place, chosen in his absence, and confirmed at Lyons by the Cardinalls, transported the Roman See to Auignon, to auoyd the seditions of Italie. They caused him to publish the consti∣tutions called by his name, Clementins. He obtayned Auignon (whereas the Popes See remained 72 yeares) and the countie of Nice, of Lewis king of Naples, in recompence of the tribute due to the Church of Rome. He excommunicated the Venetians vsurping the citie of Ferrara, being of the Patrimonie of the Church. In the end he died, hauing beene Pope 8 yeares, 10 moneths, 16 dayes.

The See was voyd one yeare, three moneths, and seuenteene dayes.

A GENERALL COVNCELL HELD AT VIENNA.

[Yeare of Christ. 1311] A Generall Councell was celebrated at Vienna in D••uphine, of three hundred Bishops; whereas the Fratricels, Beguins, who would chuse a third order of S. Francis, of the which one Dulcinus was the chiefe, were condemned for Heretickes, as the Templers were in like manner. There it was also decreed, That the Hebrew, Chalde, Arabique, and Greeke Tongues should be publiquely taught in the Vni∣uersities.

[Number of Popes. 198] [Yeare of Christ. 1316] IOHN the one and twentieth, called the two and twentieth, of Cahors, a learned man, was chosen after long contention among the Cardinalls. He excommunica∣ted the emperour Lewis the fourth, by reason whereof he gaue him an Antipope. This Pope fell into some errours, which he retracted, being admonished by the Di∣uines of Paris. He was Pope 18 yeares, 3 moneths, 28 dayes.

The See was vacant sixteene dayes.

SCHISME. XXV.

[Yeare of Christ. 1327] NICHOLAS the fift, a Franciscan Frier, was Antipope, against Iohn the one and twentieth, by the persuasion of Lewis the fourth, emperour. He died a prisoner in Auignon, hauing craued pardon of Iohn, whose Image he had caused to be burnt as an Hereticke, hauing beene Pope 3 yeares, 3 moneths, 14 dayes.

[Number of Popes. 199] [Yeare of Christ. 1334] BENNET the tenth, called the eleuenth, a Monke of Tolouse, of the order of Cisteaux, a learned man, and seuere, distributing the goods of the Church equally, without respect of kindred, saying, That the Pope had no kinsmen. He h••ted the emperour Lewis, no lesse than his predecessor Iohn▪ He reformed the order of Ciste∣aux, and Benardins, building them a Colledge at P••ris. He died, hauing held the See seuen yeares, foure moneths, and six dayes.

The See was voyd eleuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 200] [Yeare of Christ. 1334] CLEMENT the sixt, a Monke of Lymosin: He was Archbishop of Rhone, and made Cardinall by Bennet: he was held a learned man, and liberall to all, yet he was an enemie to the Emperour Lewis, and ratified the excommunication of Bennet and Iohn the two and twentieth: he abridged the Iubile to fiftie yeares. He sought to reconcile Philip of Valois (the French king) and Edward king of England. He died, hauing beene Pope ten yeares, and seuen moneths. I. du Tillet saith, That in those times Benefices were sold, and all was subiect to money.

[Yeare of Christ. 1350] CLEMENT the sixt did celebrat the second Iubile, in the yeare 1350.

The See was voyd eleuen dayes.

[Number of Popes. 201] [Yeare of Christ. 1152] INNOCENT the sixt, a Lymosin, he was first an Aduocat of the ciuile Law, then Bishop of Clermont, and afterwards, Cardinall of Ostia. He gaue Benefices to capable men, and constrayned all Prelats, and beneficed men, to retire vnto their charges, and to reside there. He cut off the superfluous expences of his house, cau∣sing the Cardinalls to doe the like, saying, That the Clergie should be a president to all others to imitate. He died, hau••ng held the place nine yeares, eight moneths, and six and twentie dayes.

The S••e was vacant one moneth, and fifteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 202] [Yeare of Christ. 13-2.] VR••AN the fi••t, a Monke of Limoges, Abbot of S. Victor neere Marseille, and as some write sonne to an English physition, called William: he was a great doctor of the Cannon Law, and being absent in a certain Embassage was chosen Pope. He was very earnest to resist the Turk, against whom he ca••sed a croisado to be preacht: he went to Rome to pacefie some troubles in Italie, and in his returne died at Mar∣seille, hauing beene Pope eight yeares, two moneths, and three and twentie daies.

The See was vo••d t••n da••es.

[Number of Popes. 203] [Yeare of Christ. 1-7-▪] GRIGORIE the eleuenth, a Lymosin, sonne to the Earle of ••eausort, a man o•• a peac••able spirit: seeing so great discentions in Italie, and some townes reuol•••••• from his obedience, he returned to Rome, and transported his See thither againe,

without the priuitie of the French; the which he did by the aduice of his scholma∣ster Baldus. He was Pope seuen yeares, two moneths, and seuen and twentie daies.

The See was vacant twelue daies.

[Number of Popes. 204] [Yeare of Christ. 1378] VREAN the sixt, a Neopolitan, Archbishop of Bari, and no Cardinall, was crea∣ted Pope at the pursute of the Romanes, he being absent: he was a cunning, sediti∣ous, and reuengfull man, not seeking the peace of Christendome, as his dutie requi∣red, but striuing to reuenge the iniuries which his Cardinalls, and Ioane queene of Sicile had done him, which was the cause of the six and twentieth Schisme: and ha∣••ing caused fiue Cardinals to be drowned, he died, hauing held the See eleuen yeres, six moneths, and fiue daies.

VRBAN the sixt, did celebrate the third Iubile.

The See was void nineteene daies.

SCHISME XXVI.

[Yeare of Christ. 1378] CLEMENT the seuenth, was chosen Pope by the Cardinals: he held his See at Auignon, and was acknowledged for lawfull Pope by the French, Spaniards, and English. This was the cruelest and most scandalous Schisme of all, and con∣tinued about fiftie yeres. He held the place fifteene yeres, eleuen moneths, and eigh∣teene daies against Vrban and his successors.

The See was void fifteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 205] [Yeare of Christ. 1389] BONIFACE the ninth, a Neapolitan, indowed with great vertues for his age, being but thirtie yeares old but pleasing to his kinsf••lkes: he abused indulgences, and sold them good cheape. They attribute to him the i••uention of Anna••es, that is to say, that he would haue the first yeares reuenues of all benefices. He had for An∣tipope Peter de Luna a Spaniard, called Bennet the thirteenth, he held the See four∣teene yeares, and eleuen moneths.

[Yeare of Christ. 1390] BONIFACE did celebrat the fourth Iubile, in the yeare 1390.

The See was void fifteene daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1394] BENNET the thirteenth, a Spaniard, called before Peter de Luna, after Clement the seuenth. He held the See at Auignon during the Schisme against Boniface the ninth, and his successors, he was a learned man, and died in the thirtieth yeare.

[Number of Popes. 206] [Yeare of Christ. 1406] INNOCENT the seuenth, borne at Sulmo, hauing put many Romanes to death, who intreated him to free the Church from Schismes and warre, was forced to flie, then hauing made an accord with them, he returned, and died within two yeares, and fiue and twentie daies.

The See was vacant three and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 207] [Yeare of Christ. 1406] GREGORIE the twelfth, a Venetian, Patri••rch of Constantinople and C••rdi∣nall, was chosen Pope, hauing promised at his election to giue ouer his Papa••l••••g ••i∣tie if Bennet sitting at Au••gnon should do the like, but they ••••fusing, they w••••e both deposed by the Councel held at Pisa, and would not obay. He was Pope eight yeres, seuen moneths, and fiue daies.

A COVNCELL HELD AT PISA.

[Yeare of Christ. 1409] A Councell was held at Pisa of many Prelats, whereas Gregorie the twelfth, and Bennet the thirteenth were deposed, and Alexander the fi••t chosen i•• their places, but they would not obey the Councell; so as there were three Popes for one.

[Number of Popes. 208] [Yeare of Christ. 1409] ALEXANDER the fift, borne in the Island of Crete, a Monke, Arc••bishop of Milan, and Cardinall was chosen Pope by the Councell, he was held to be ••••arn••d, but as Platina saith, he was bold, cruell, and more martial than his qualitie requir••d: he depriued Ladislaus king of Naples, of his realme, for that he h••ld Ostia and oth••r places belonging to the Church of Rome, and gaue it to Lewis duke of Anjou bro∣ther to Charles the fift: his prodigalitie was so great, as he was wont to say that he

had beene a rich Bishop, a poore Cardinall, and a begging Pope. He died within t••n moneths, and eight daies.

The See was void thirteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 209] [Yeare of Christ. 1410] IOHN the two and twentieth, called the three and twentieth, a Neopolitan, came vnto the Popedome by force and not by a free and Canonical election: a very politicke man in affaires, but so depraued both in life and doctrine, as he was cited to the Councell of Constance, imprisoned, and deposed, hauing dishonoured the See fiue yeares, and fifteene daies.

The See was vac••nt two yeares, fiue moneths, and ten daies.

A GENERALL COVNCELL AT CONSTANCE.

[Yeare of Christ. 1415] A Gener••ll Councell was held at Constance, by the care of the Emperour Si∣gismond, where he assisted with foure Patriarches, nine and twentie Cardi∣nalls, seuen and fortie Archbishops, six hundred and fiue Bishops, and sixtie and foure Abbots and Doctors; in the which three Popes were deposed: Iohn the three and twentieth, remaining at Bolonia, Gregorie the twelf••h at Rome, and Bennet the thirteenth in Spaine; and Martin called the fift, was chosen in their place by a gene∣rall consent, and so the six and twentieth schisme ended. There it was decreed that the Councell was aboue the Pope. To this Councell came Iohn Hus, and Ierome of Prague, vnder the Emp••rours safe conduct, where constantly maintaining their doct••ine grounded vpon the word of God, they were condemned, and afterwards burnt.

[Number of Popes. 210] [Yeare of Christ. 1417] MARTIN the third, called the fift, a Romane Cardinall, of the house of Collon∣nies, was chosen by three and thirtie Cardinalls at the Councell of Constance: he confirmed the decree of the Councell, that the Pope should be subiect, & tha•• there should be a Councell called euery ten yeares. He died hauing beene Pope thirteene yeres, three moneths, and ten daies.

The See was void eleuen daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1424] CLEMENT the eight, a Spaniard, during the schisme after Bennet the thirteenth, was chosen by certaine Spanish Cardinalls, or Anticardinalls, and held the See as Antipope foure yeares.

[Number of Popes. 211] [Yeare of Christ. 1431] EVGENIVS the fourth, a V••netian, of the order of the Celestins, he was a Car∣dinall and Priest of the title of S. Clement: in ••he beginning he was of a good life, but bad councell made him to peruert all, prouoking the Romanes to armes, so as he was forced to flie in a Monkes weed, being chased away with stones. He held ••he See fifteene yeres, eleuen moneths, and one and twentie daies.

The See was vacant eleuen daies.

A GENERALL COVNCELL AT BASILL

A Generall Councell was held at Basill for reformation of the Church, and against the doctrine o•• Iohn Hus and the Annates, the subst••nce whereof is con∣tained in a pragmaticke sanction, published in a Councell which the French Church held at Bourges: there Eugenius the fourth was depo••ed, and ••medius an hermite, before duke of Sauoy, was chosen and called Felix the fourth: he was supported by the Emperour. This was the 27 schisme, so as part of Christendome followed one Pope, part of it another, and some obeyed neither the one nor the other.

A GENERALL COVNCELL AT FLORENCE.

[Yeare of Christ. 1439] A General Councel was held at Florence (the Grecians call it the eight Synode) wheras the Emperor of the East assisted with many Prelats, Greeks and Latin••, where all agre••d in vnitie of faith for the last time, yea the Armenians & Ind••ans.

SCHISME XXVII.

[Yeare of Christ. 1439] FELIX, being chosen by the Councell of Basil, held the See nine yeares, and fiue moneths.

[Number of Popes. 212] [Yeare of Christ. 1447] NICHOLAS the fift, a Geneuois of meane parentage, Cardinall of Bolog••ia: He was learned, and a louer of learned men, and so modest as he held himselfe vn∣worthie of so great a dignitie. He spent much to make Liberaries: to whom Amedee of Sauoy, or Felix the fourth, did quit the See to suppresse the Schisme, remayning a Cardinall, and Apostolicke Legat, in his countries of Sauoy. He was Pope eight yeares, and nineteene dayes.

The See was voyd foureteene dayes.

[Yeare of Christ. 1450] NICHOLAS the fift, celebrated the fift Iubile, in the yeare of our Lord 1450.

[Number of Popes. 213] [Yeare of Christ. 1455] CALIXTVS the third, a Spaniard, of the house of Borgia. Soone after his be∣ing Pope, he proclaimed warre against the Turke, as he had vowed before he came vnto it, the which was held admirable. Hauing instituted the Feast of the Transfi∣guration, he died, three yeares, and foure moneths after his election.

The See was vacant twelue dayes.

[Number of Popes. 214] [Yeare of Christ. 1458] PIVS the second, of Sienna, called before Aeneas Syluius, a verie learned man, hauing been Secretarie to the Emperour Frederic the third, ••ent in embassage to ma∣ny Princes, and Secretarie to the Councell of Basil, was in the ••nd chosen Pope. He was opposit to Lewis the eleuenth, for that by the aduice of his Court of P••rlia∣ment, he would not obey him, and abolish the Pragmaticke Sanction, concluded at the Councell of Basil, the which he himselfe approu••d by two learned bookes writ∣ten before he was Pope. It may be he grew ambitious, and changed his manners with his name. He held the See fiue yeares, eleuen moneths, and seuen and twen∣tie dayes.

The See was voyd sixteene dayes.

There was a Councell of the French Church held at Orleans, by reason of the Pragmaticke Sanction, which Pope Piu•• the second would haue abolished as here∣ticall: Against the which, the Court of Parliament at Paris, and the Vniuersities, op∣posed. This assemblie was also against the Annates, by the which the Court of Rome draws infinit summe•• of money out of France, Duar. l. 5. c. 11. sets downe at large the other Popes which did ••p••ugne this Pragmaticke Sanction.

[Number of Popes. 215] [Yeare of Christ. 1464] PAVL the second, a Venetian, neph••w ••o Eugen••us the fourth, and Cardinall of S. Marcke, a man of a goodly repres••ntation, but ••n ••nemie to learning: He was proud, increasing his maiestie by armes, & auarice, confer••ing Ecclesiasticall liuings to his owne profit, at what time all things were sold at Rome. He exceeded all his predecessours in pompe and shew, inriching his My••er with Diamonds, Saphyrs, Emeraulds, Pearles, and other stones of great price, and would be seene after that manner, augmenting also the pompe of Cardinalls with a scarlet gowne, and a hood. He reduced the Iubile to fiue and twentie yeares. He disa••ulled the Abbre∣uiatures instituted by his p••••decessour, and died, h••uing held the See six yeares, ten moneths, and six and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd foure dayes.

[Number of Popes. 216] [Yeare of Christ. 1471] SIXTVS the fourth, a Geneuois, Ge••erall of the Franciscans, and Cardinall of S. Sixtus, succeeded Paule: he was held learned. To take away all occasions of je∣lousie and enuie betwixt the foure orders of begging Fri••rs, he made them all equal in priuiledges. He had many good parts, but he loued his kindred too much, as ma∣ny haue done, abusing greatly the goods of the Church. He was Pope thirteene yeares, and foure dayes. Sixtus the fourth, celebrated the sixt Iubile, in the yeare of our Lord God 1475.

The See was voyd sixteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 217] [Yeare of Christ. 1484] INNOCENT the eight, a Geneuois of a meane familie, a Priest, and Cardinall of S. Sicilia: he was taxed of auarice. He augmented the number of Secretaries,

and Promoters, like vnto Pius the second, and Sixtus the fourth. He was the first of all the Popes which aduaunced his bastards to honours and wealth after an vn∣accustomed manner. He held the See seuen yeares, ten moneths, and seuen and twentie dayes.

The See was voyd one moneth, and sixteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 218] [Yeare of Christ. 1491] ALEXANDER the sixt, a Spaniard, called before Roderic Borgia, a man in∣dowed with six great vices which cannot be spoken without horrour. He practised to be Pope by all Deuillish arts, and was chosen by the corruption of many Cardi∣nalls, whom he oppressed afterward. He sought by all meanes to heape vp treasure, to satisfie his lustfull desires, especially to aduaunce his foure bastards, the one of which was Caesar Valentin Borgia, whom he made a Cardinall, & was afterwards duke of Valentinois in Dauphine, for whom he troubled all Italie by the rest. He made Rome a receptacle of theeues. Finally, there was nothing (how holie soeuer) but he sold, as you may read in the Authors of his time; and Thannasarius hath left these verses written in Latin.

Alexanders sells all, the holie Keyes he sold,

Both Myters, Altars, and the Crosse of gold:

He bought it all; who can him then denie,

That to retaile which he so deare did buy?

He caused the tongue and hands of Antonius Mancinellus to be cut off, for that he had written an eloquent Oration against his villanous and lewd life. He died of poyson which he had prepared for others, hauing held the See eleuen yeares, and eight moneths.

ALEXANDER the sixt, did celebrat the seuenth Iubile, in the yeare 1500.

The See was voyd one moneth, and three dayes.

[Number of Popes. 219] [Yeare of Christ. 1503] PIVS the third, of Sienna, nephew to Pope Pius the second, was chosen by the Cardinalls after great strife and contention. He was a great enemie to the French, for that he had taken a great part of the kingdome of Naples. He had a will to re∣forme the Church, to celebrat a Councell, and to raise a great armie against the Turke, but he died within six and twentie dayes after his election.

The See was vacant foure and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 220] [Yeare of Christ. 1503] IVLIO the second, a Geneuois, nephew to Sixtus the fourth, and Cardinall of S. Peter at Vincula, was chosen Pope. He was a man of a quicke spirit, and subtile, and more fit f••r armes than learning. He recouered Bolognia, and many towns from the Venetians, namely, Imola, Seruia, Rauenna, and others, with the helpe of the French. Afterwards, he solicited the Emperour Maximilian, and Henrie king of England, to make war••e against them, to expell them out of Italie, hauing defeated his armie, with th•• Spaniards and Venetians, in battaile at Rauenna. He excom∣municated the French, and gaue the realme to the first Conqueror, as he had done the realme of Naua••re, which was vniustly inuaded by the king of Castille, and taken from Iohn of Albret. He held the See nine yeares, fiue moneths, and one and twen∣tie dayes.

The See was vacant eight and twentie dayes.

A SYNOD HELD AT TOVRS.

A Nationall Councell of the French Church was held at Tours, by all the Bi∣shops, and most of the Doctors of France, against Pope Iulio the second: and another at Pisa, Milan, and Lyon, by the authoritie of Maximilian the emperor, and of king Lewis the twelfth, against the same Pope, defending his right by others.

A GENERALL COVNCELL AT LATERAN.

[Yeare of Christ. 1512] A Generall Councell begun at Lateran by the commaundement of Iulio, and af∣terwards hindered by him, but it was continued by Leo the tenth, and ended in

the yeare 1517, for the reformation of the Church, and war against the Pope.

[Yeare of Christ. 1513] LEO the tenth, a Florentine, of the house of Medicis, was made Pope at the age of twentie yeares: he was learned, eloquent, and liberall, louing learned and ver∣tuous men; yet he loued his pleasures too much, and his owne good nature was of∣ten abused by such as were enemies to rest & quiet: he depriued the duke of Vrbain of his dukedome, and gaue it to Laurence de Medicis his nephew, father to Katherine ••e Medicis the French queene: hauing published remission of sinnes to all such as gaue money to make war against the Turkes, he abrogated the pragmaticke sancti∣on, not without some tumul: and murmur of the whole Clergie of France. He died ••ith ioy, hearing that the French were expelled out of Milan, hauing beene Pope eight yeares, eight moneths, and twentie daies.

The See was void two moneths and seuen daies.

[Number of Popes. 222] [Yeare of Christ. 1522] ADRIAN the sixt, borne at Vtrecht in Holland, of meane parentage, a Doctor of Diuinitie, and scholemaister to the Emperor Charles the fift: he was a learned man, and liued discreetly without any great expence or pompe, neither did he con∣••er benefices rashly: yet was he not pleasing vnto the Romanes, notwithstanding his many good parts. He held the See one yere, eight moneths, and nine daies.

The See was vacant two moneths and foure daies.

[Number of Popes. 223] [Yeare of Christ. 1523] CLEMENT the seuenth, a Florentine of the house of Medicis, cousin german to Leo the 10: some say that he was his sonne or his base brother. He was a man of a great spirit, cunning, subtile, and politicke. He held the partie of Francis the French ••ing, against the Emperor Charles the fift, and treated the marriage of Katherine his ••eece, with Henry then duke of Orleans: he besieged Florence the towne of his ••••th, for some indignities which the Florentines had done to them of his house, and ••••ter a yeare he tooke it by composition (wherein he is not condemned to haue been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rigourous against his countrie) making Alexander his nephew the first duke, who ••••empting to force chast ladies, receiued his reward, and was slaine by his own kins∣men. He held the See ten yeares, ten moneths, and seuen daies.

CLEMENT the seuenth, celebrated the eight Iubile, in the yere 1582.

The See was void seuenteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 224] [Yeare of Christ. 1534] PAVL the third, a Romane, of the house of Farnese: some write that he was en∣dowed with many vertues, a louer of peace, seeking alwaies to reconcile the French ki••g and the Emperor: but he oppressed his subiects with tributes, and loued his kin∣dred more than was fit, making his base sonne Peter Lewis duke of Parma and Plas••n∣ti••, the which was the cause of his death, being miserably slaine by the nobilitie ••••d the people, whome he would force to liue in Plasentia and leaue the fields. Some write that this Paul was a Magitian, a murtherer, and an incestious person. He was Pope fiue yeares, and eight and twentie daies.

The See was void two moneths and nine and twentie daies.

THE COVNCELL OF TRENT.

[Yeare of Christ. 1542] THe Councell held at Trent, began in the yeare 1542, then transferred to Bolo∣nia 1546, continued at Trent 1551, for the space of eight moneths, and ended in the same place, 1563, 1564, as it was pretended, against heresies, abuses, and the corruption of manners of all Christians, but in trueth, to oppresse the Gospell, and the professors thereof:

[Number of Popes. 225] [Yeare of Christ. 1550] IVLIO the third called before Iohn Maria de Monte, hauing beene President in the Councell of Trent and Bolonia, was chosen Pope: he changed his manners with his name, for after he was Pope he gaue himselfe to war, gormandise, and vo∣luptuousnesse, yea scoffing at his owne dignitie. He held the See fiue yeares, one mo∣neth, and sixteene daies.

IVLIO the third, celebrated the ninth Iubile, in the yeare 1550.

The See was void seuenteene daies.

[Number of Popes. 226] [Yeare of Christ. 1555] MARCELL the second, a Tuscane, Cardinall of the holie Crosse, a man o•• base condition, yet in his youth held to be learned, and was modest in his life and con∣uersation before he came to that dignitie. He died one & twentie daies after his ele∣ction: some say of poison, others of the yellow iaundies.

The See was void two and twentie daies.

[Number of Popes. 227] [Yeare of Christ. 1555] PAVL the fourth, a Neopolitane, of the noble familie of the C••raffi, an austere man, and in shew very zelous to reforme the abuses of the Clergie, detesting auerice, reiecting the resignation of Benefices in any mans fauour, and dispensations: finally being in shew borne to restore the Church; but some write that he vsed great ex∣actions and tyrannies, and was the cause of great wars; so as after his death the people of Rome vsed his image with great indignitie, cutting off the head, and right hand, and casting it into Tyber, as they would haue done his bodie if it had not bin guarded, and they defaced the armes of his house. He was Pope foure yeares, two moneths, and seuen and twentie daies.

The See was void foure moneths and seuen daies.

[Number of Popes. 228] [Yeare of Christ. 1560] PIVS the fourth, a Millanois, a great enemie to them that vsed symonie, or that had many benefices, and to such as kept them for other men, whome he excommu∣nicated and declared subiect to restitution, as well they that held them, as thos•• for whom they were kept, the which his successor confirmed. He held the See fiue yeres, eleuen moneths, and fifteene daies.

The See was void nine and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 229] [Yeare of Christ. 1566] PIVS the fift, a Iacobin Monke of Alexandria in Lombardie, was first a Cardi∣nall, and afterwards chosen Pope. He was a great persecutor of them that were op∣posite to the Romish Church. He was miraculously chosen, the Cardinalls hauing no thought of his election. He persuaded a league of many Christian princes against the Turke, of whom they woon a great battaile at Lepanto, in the yeare 1571, in the which there were deliuered 2000 Christian slaues, and 25000 Turkes slaine, there were many prisoners, and 180 Galleys taken, sunke, or burnt. Being much tormented with the stone in the bladder, they write that he cried out, Lord increase my paine, but giue me patience. He died hauing beene Pope six yeares, three mo∣neths, and sixteene daies.

The See was void eleuen daies.

[Number of Popes. 230] [Yeare of Christ. 1572] GREGORIE the thirteenth, a gentleman of Bolognia and a Doctor of the Common Law: he was violent against them that truely professed the Gospell, and was a fauourer of many treacherous practises against the queene of England: he re∣formed the Kalender, which had beene often attempted by his predecessors. In the end he died hauing beene Pope twelue yeares, and seuen and twentie daies.

[Yeare of Christ. 1575] GREGORI•• the thirteenth, did celebrat the tenth Iubile, in the yeare 1575.

The See was vacant thirteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 231] [Yeare of Christ. 1585] SIXTV•• the fift, called before Felix Perret, Cardinall of Montalto, a Tuscane, whose father was a Swineheard. He held the See fiue yeares, foure moneths, and three dayes.

The See was voyd eighteene dayes.

[Number of Popes. 232] [Yeare of Christ. 1590] VRBAN the seuenth, a Roman, held the See but thirteene dayes.

The See wa•• voyd two moneths, and nine dayes.

[Number of Popes. 233] [Yeare of Christ. 1590] GREGORIE the foureteenth, a Milanois, of the familie of the Sfondrati, before Bishop of Cremona. He was Pope but ten moneths, and ten dayes.

The See was voyd thirtee••e dayes.

[Number of Popes. 234] [Yeare of Christ. 1591] INNOCENT the ninth, a Bolonois, before Cardinall of the foure crownes: He held the See two moneths, and one day; and was poysoned (as they say) for that he fauoured the Spaniards dessigne too much against the French.

The See was voyd one moneth.

[Number of Popes. 235] [Yeare of Christ. 1592] CLEMENT the eight, a Florentin, called before Hippolit••s Aldobrandini, Car∣dinall of S. Pancratio, great Penitentier. Falling sicke of a Catarre, he died the third

of March, in the yeare 1601, hauing beene Pope thirteene yeares, one moneth, and foure dayes.

[Yeare of Christ. 1600] CLEMENT the eight, celebrated the eleuenth Iubile, in the yeare 1600.

The See was vacant eight and twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 236] [Yeare of Christ. 1605] LEO the eleuenth, a Florentin, sonne to Octauio, of the noble familie of the Me∣dicis, was chosen with a wonderfull applause of the whole Colledge of Cardinalls, and the people of Rome made as great demonstration of joy for this election; but it continued not long, for he died within seuen dayes of a feauer, to the great griefe of all men.

The See was voyd twentie dayes.

[Number of Popes. 237] [Yeare of Christ. 1605] PAVL the fift, a Roman, of the Famelie of the Bourgesi of Sienna, but borne at Rome of a Roman woman, his father comming thither to dwell. He now holds the See.

HAuing set downe the number of the Soueraigne Bishops, it seemes verie fit in like man∣ner to specifie the order, names, and tytles of Cardinals which are liuing at this day, seeing they haue the chiefe charge in the See of Rome. Wherein the Reader shall be aduerti∣sed, That all Cardinalls are diuided into three orders, that is to say, of Bishops, Priests, and Deacons, not that the Cardinals Priests be no Bishops, or that the Deacons be not Priest•• and Bishops, but for that their first institution was such, some to carrie the tytles of Bishops, others of Priests, and some of Deacons: So as the Cardinalls of S••urdis, and of Rochfoucaut, ••hereof the one is Archbishop of Bourdeaux, and the other of Clermont, and yet they haue but the tytle of Priests: As also, the Cardinalls of S. Flore, and Perriti, are Priests, and yet they are called but Deacons. For which reason they are here set downe, according to their rankes and tytles, and not according to the time of their creation. And to the end that the change of one language into another should breed no difficultie to know them by their names and tytles, they are left as they are commonly called.

CARDINALL BISHOPS.

• 1 FRANCIS of the title of Bishop of Ostia, Deane of the holie Col∣ledge, Cardinal of Ioyeuse, Protector of Fraunce, and Archbishop of Ro∣uën, a Frenchman, created by Pope Gregorie the thirteenth, the ninth of December, in the yeare 1583.
• 2 Anthonie Maria, of the tytle of Bi∣shop of Porto, Cardinall Gal••o, Bi∣shop Dosme of la Marque, created the seuenteenth of September 1586, by Sixtus the fift.
• 3 Anthonie of the tytle of Bishop of Sa∣bina, Cardinall Saulius, a Geneuois, created the eighteenth of December 1587, by Sixtus the fift.
• 4 Euangelist Palot of the tytle of Bishop of Tusculum, Cardinall Coseuein, Archpriest of S. Peter of Cardarola of la Marque, created the eighteenth of December 1587, by Sixtus the fift.
• 5 Frier Gregory Petrochin of the order of the Hermits of S. Augustin of the title of Bishop of Preneste, Cardinall of Montelparo of la Marque, created the twentieth of December 1589, by Sixtus the fift.
• 6 Paule Sfondrati of the tytle of Bishop of Albe, Cardinall of S. Cecile, Pre∣sident of the Signatures of Grace, a Millanois, created the eighteenth of December 1590, by Gregorie the four∣teenth.

CARDINALLS PRIESTS.

• 7 Peter, of the tytle of the most holie Tri∣nitie, Montepinci, Cardinall of Gon∣dij, Prior of the Cardinalls Priests, a Florentin, created the eighteenth of December 1587, by Sixtus the fift.
• 8 Bennet, of the tytle of S. Lawrence in Lucina, Cardinall Iustinian, a Gene∣uois, created the seuenteenth of De∣cember 1586, by Sixtus the fift.
• 9 Francis Maria des Marques of Mont S.

• ... ••••rie, of the title of Mount S. Maria in Transteuere, Cardinall of Monte, created the foureteenth of December 1588, by Sixtus the fift.
• 10 Frederic, of the title of S. Marie of the Angels in Thermis, Cardinall Borro∣mea, Archbishop of Milan, created 18 of December 1487, by Sixtus the fift.
• 11 Octauio, of the title of S. Praxede, Car∣dinal Aquauiua, Archbishop of Naples, a Neopolitan, created the sixt of March 1591, by Gregorie 13.
• 12 Flaminius, of the title of S. Marie of Peace, Cardinall Plat••o, a Milanois, created the sixt of March 1591, by Gre∣gorie the foureteenth.
• 13 Peter, of the title of S. Iohn, and S. Paul, Cardinall Aldobrandin, Chamberlain to the holie Church of Rome, Archbi∣shop of Rauenna, President of the Briefes signed, & Protector of Sauoy, created the twelfth of Septemb. 1593, by Clement the eight.
• 14 Octauio, of the title of S. Sabina, Car∣dinall Bandin, a Florentin, created 15 of Iune 1596, by Clement the eight.
• 15 Frier Anne of Scars, of the title of S. Susanna, of the order of S. Bennet, Car∣dinall of Giury, a Frenchman, created by Clement 8, the fift of Iune 1596.
• 16 Lawrence, of the title of S. Lawrence. In Pane & Perna, Cardinall Blanchet, a Bullonois, created the fift of Iune 1596, by Clement the eight.
• 17 Bartholomew, of the title of S. Peter in Vincula, Cardinall Coesio, Archbishop of Compse, created the fift of Iune 1596, by Clement the eight.
• 18 Francis of the title of S. Marie de Po∣pulo, Cardinal Mantican Vtinens of Fri∣oul, created the fift of Iune 1596, by Clement the ••••ght.
• 19 Pompee, of the title of S. Balbina, Car∣dinall Arigon, a Roman, created the fift of Iune 1596, by Clement the eight.
• 20 Boniface, of the title of S. Prisca, Car∣dinall Beuilacqua, Bishop of Coruiana Ferrarois, created the third of March 1599, by Clement the eight.
• 21 B••rnard, of the title of S. Anastatius, Ca••dinall Roias of Sandoual, Archbi∣shop of Tolledo, a Spaniard, created 33 of March 1599, by Clement 8.
• 22 D••minic, of the tytle of S. Peter in Monteaureo, Cardinal Tuscan de R••g∣gio, created the third of March ••599, by Clement the eight.
• 23 Francis, of the title of S. Siluester, Car∣dinall Dietrichstein, Bishop of Vlme, Prince of the sacred Empire, and Pro∣tector of the realmes and estates of his imperiall maiestie, a German, created in the yere 1599, by Clement the eight.
• 24 Robert, of the title of S. Maria in Via, Cardinall Bellarmin Politian, created the third of March 1599, by Clement the eight.
• 25 Francis, of the title of S. Marcel, Car∣dinal Sourdis, Archbishop of Bourde∣aux, a Frenchman, created the third of March 1599, by Clement the eight.
• 26 Dominic, of the title of the twelue Apostles, Cardinall Gymniasius de Ca∣stro, a Boullonois, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 27 Philip, of the title of Sancta Maria su∣per Mincruam, Cardinall Spinelli, Bi∣shop of Auerzo, a Neopolitan, crea∣ted 9 of Iune 1604, by Clement 8.
• 28 Anthonie, of the title of S. Croix, in Ie∣rusalem, Cardinall Zapata, a Spaniard, created 9 of Iune 1604, by Clement 8.
• 29 Charles of the title of S. Thomas in Pa∣rione, Cardinall Madriati, Bishop of Trente, a German, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 30 Charles, of the title of S. Clement, Car∣dinall of Contes, Bishop of Ancona, a Roman, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 31 Iames Dauy, of the title of S. Agnes in Agone, Cardinall of Peron, a French∣man, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 32 Iohn D••uphin, of the title of S. Marck, Bishop of Vicenze, and called Car∣dinall of Vicenze, a Ven••tian, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Cleme••t 8.
• 33 Iames of the title of S. Stephen in Monte Coelio, Cardinall Synesius, Bi∣shop of Ciuita Vecc••ia de la Marque, created 9 of Iune 1604, by Clement 8.
• 34 Erminius of the title of S. Maria Trans∣pontina, Cardinall de Valentibus de Tri∣••io, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 35 Ferdinand Taberna, of the title of S. E••scbius, Cardinall of S. Eusebius, a

• ... [ A] Millanois, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 36 S••ipio, of the title of S Crisogono, Car∣d••••••l Barghese Archpriest of the Church ••••ateran, Legat of Auignon, a Roman, ••••••ated the eighteenth of Iuly 1605, by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the fift.
• 37 Horatio Cardinall Spinosa Legat of Fer∣••••••, Archbishop of Genoua, created the [] eleuenth of September 1606, by Paul 5.
• 38 Maffee of the title of S. Onuphrio, Car∣••••nall Barbario, Bishop of Spoletum, Le∣gat in Bolognia, a Florentine, created ••he eleuenth of September 1606, by ••aul the fift.
• 3•• ••••hn Garzius of the foure holie crowns, ••••rdinall Millin, Vicar to the Pope, a ••••mane, created the eleuenth of Sep∣••ember 1606, by Paul the fift.
• [ C] 40 Boniface of the title of S. Pudentiana, Cardinall Caietan, Legat of Romagnia, Bishop of Caf••an, a Romane, created the eleuenth of September 1606, by Paul the fift.
• 41 M••rcell of the title of S. Quirice & Iuli∣••••, Cardinall Lantes, Bishop of Todi, a Romane, created the eleuenth of Sep∣tember 1606, by Paul the fift.
• 42 Francis Forgas Cardinall, Archbishop [ D] of Strigonia, Chancellor, and Lieute∣nant of the realme of Hongarie, crea∣ted the tenth of December 1607, by Paul the fift.
• 43 Francis, of the title of S. Calixtus, Car∣dinall of Rochfoucaut, Bishop of Cler∣mont, a Frenchman, created the tenth of December 1607, by Paul the fift.
• 44 Michaell Ange Tonti, of the title of S. Barthol••mew in Insula, Cardinall Naza∣r••••, [ E] Acrchpriest of S. Maria Maior of Armini, created the foure and twenti∣eth of Nouember 1608, by Paul the fift.
• 45 Fabr••tio, of the title of S. Augustin, Car∣dinall Verall, a Romane created the four and twentieth of Nouember 1608, by Paul the fift.
• 46 Iohn Baptista, of the title of S. Sixtus, Cardinall Lenius, Bishop of Ferrara, a Romane, created the foure and twenti∣eth [ F] of Nouember 1508, by Paul the fift.
• 47 Decius, Archbishop of Damas, & Nun∣cio for the Apostolike See in Spaine, Cardinall Carrafe, created the seuen and t••entieth of August 1611, by Paul 5.
• 48 Dominicke of the title of S. Martin in Montibu••, Archbishop of Nazaret, Car∣dinall Riuarola a Geneuois, created the seuen and twentieth of August 1611, by Paul the fift.
• 49 Metellus Bigus of the title of S. Alexis, Bishop and Cardinall of Suane, a Sien∣nois, created the seuenteenth of August 1611, by Paul the fift.
• 50 Iohn Bishop of Beziers, Councellor to the most Christian king, and chiefe Al∣moner to the queene Regent, Cardinall Bonsi a Florentine, created the seuen∣teenth of August 1611, by Paul the fift.
• 51 Philip Bishop of Aquin, Vice-Legat at Auignon, Cardinal Filonard a Romane, created 17 of August 1611, by Paul the fift.
• 52 Peter Paul of the title of S. Nerrea and and S. Achilea, Auditor Generall of the Apostolicke Chamber, Cardinall Cres∣cence a Romane, created 17 of August 1611, by Paul the fift.
• 43 Iames of the title of S. George, Treasurer Generall of the Apostolicke See, Cardi∣nal Serra a Geneuois, created the seuen∣teenth of August 1611, by Paul the fift.
• 54 Friar Augustin, Generall of the order of the preaching Friars, of the title of S. Maria de Ara Coeli, Cardinall Galamin of Brisequelle, created the seuenteenth of August 1611, by P••••l the f••f••.
• 55 Horatio of the title of S. Sauiour in Lau∣ro, Auditor of the Rot••, Cardinal Lance∣lot a Romane, created the seuent••••nth of August 1611, by Paul the fi••t.
• 56 Gaspard Chanoin of the Church of To∣ledo, Cardinall Borsa•• Spaniard, cr••ated the seuenteenth of August ••611, by Paul the fift.
• 57 Friar Felix Centin, Proc•••••• Generall of the Friar Minors Conuentu••••s▪ of the ti∣tle of S. Ierome of S••lauonia, Cardinall Asenlan, created the seuenteenth of Au∣gust 1611, by Paul the fi••t.

CARDINALLS DEACONS.

• 58 Francis of S. Flora, of the title of S. Maria in Via Lata, Cardinall Sforcia, the first Deacon, a Romane, creat••d the 12 of December 1583, by Gregorie the thir∣teenth.
• 59 Alexander Peretti, of the title of S. Lau∣rence,

• in Damaso, Cardinall Montalto Vice Chauncelour of the Church of Rome, Protector of the realme of Po∣lonia, a Romane, created the thirteenth of March 1585, by Sixtus the fift.
• 60 Odoart of S. Eustace, Cardinall Far∣nese, Legat of the Patrimonie, Protector of the realms of Arragon, England, and Sueden, a Romane, created the sixt of March 1591, by Gregorie the fourteenth.
• 61 Andrew of S. Ange in foro piscium, Cardinall Pepretti of Montalto, created the 5 of Iune 1596, by Clement the eight.
• 62 Alexander of S. Marie the New, Car∣dinall of Est, a Ferrarois, created the third of March 1599, by Clement 8.
• 63 Iohn Baptista of S. Marie in Cosmedia, Cardinall of Ti, a Florentine, created the third of March 1599, by Clement 8.
• 64 Iohn of S. Adrian, Cardinall of Auria, a Geneuois, created the ninth of Iune [ A] 1604, by Clement the eight.
• 65 Charles Emanuell of S. Nicholas in Car∣cere Iuliano, Cardinall Pie a Ferrarois, created the ninth of Iune 1604, by Cle∣ment the eight.
• 66 Maurice Emanuel Cardinall of Sauoy, sonne to the most excellent Duke of Sa∣uoy, created the tenth of December 1607, by Paul the fift. [ B]
• 67 Ferdinand of the title of S. Marie in Do∣minica, Cardinal Gonsague, Prior of Bar∣lette, sonne to the most excellent Duke of Mantoua, created the 10 of Decem∣ber 1607, by Paul the fift.
• 68 Lewis of the title of S. Agathe, Cardi∣nall Caponi a Florentine, created the four and twentieth of Nouember 1608, by Paul the fift. [ C]

So as there are in all sixtie and eight Cardinalls, of the which there are six Bishops, one and fiftie priests, and eleuen Deacons.

By Gregorie 13.

Bishops

1.

Deacons

1.

By Sixtus 5.

Bishops

4.

Priests

4.

Deacons

1.

By Gregorie 14.

Bishops

1.

Priests

2.

Deacons

1.

By Clement 8.

Priests

23.

Deacons

5. [ D]

By Paul 5.

Priests

22.

Deacons

3.

After which denumeration, it is not thought superfluous nor impertinent, to make a repetition of them, according to their rankes, and the office whereunto they are appoin∣ted, by which means the reader shalbe fully satisfied, of all that depends of this colledge.

The se••en Cardinalls which are Bishops.

• THe Bishop Cardinall of Ostia doth consecrate and install the Pope, and therefore [ E] doth march next after his holinesse.
• The Bishop Cardinall Porticese.
• The Bishop Cardinall of Albe.
• The Bishop of Pilastre or Cardinall Prenestin.
• The Bishop Cardinall Tuscula••.
• The Bishop Cardinall of Sabin.
• The Bishop Cardinall of S. Rufina.

These assist the Pope on Sundaies, and Festiuall daies in the Church of S. Iohn de La∣tran, whenas he doth celebrate diuine seruice. [ F]

The Cardinalls which are Priests.

• These serue at S. Peters.
• The Cardinalls of the title of S. Marie beyond Tyber.
• ...

• [ A] The Cardinall of the title of S. Chrysogon.
• The Cardinall of S. Cecile.
• The Cardinall of S. Anastasius.
• The Cardinall of S. Laurence in Damas.
• Th•• Cardinall of S. Maurice.
• T•••• Cardinall of the title of S. Martin des Monts.

••hese serue in the Church of S. Paule.

• The Cardinall of the title of S. Sabina.
• [ B] The Cardinall of the title of S. Priscus.
• The Cardinall of the title of S. Balbinus.
• The Cardinall of the title of S. Nerea, and Achillea.
• The Cardinall of S. Sixtus.
• The Cardinall of S. Marcell.
• T••e Cardinall of S. S••sanna.

••••••se Priests Cardinalls which follow, serue in the Church of S. Marie the Great.

• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cardinall of the title of the twelue Apostles.
• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cardinall of the title of S. Eusebius.
• [ C] T•••• Cardinall of the title of S. Potentiana.
• T•••• Cardinall of S. Peter, and S. Marcelin.
• T•••• Cardinall of S. Clement.
• The Cardinall of S. Vital.

••••••se Priests Cardinalls which follow, are in the Basilique S. Laurence.

• Th•• Cardinall of S. Praxeda.
• Th•• Cardinall of S. Peter at Vincula.
• Th•• Cardinall of S. Laurence in Lucina.
• T•••• Cardinall of Sancta Croix in Hierusalem.
• [ D] The Cardinall of S. Stephen on Mont Celio.
• The Cardinall of S. Iohn, and S. Paule.
• The Cardinall of the foure holie Crownes.

T••ere are after these sixteene Cardinalls Deacons, that is to say:

• T•••• Cardinall of S. Marie in Dominica Archdeacon.
• Th•• Cardinall of S. Luce of the Seuen seats.
• The Cardinall of S. Marie the New.
• The Cardinall of S. Cosmo, and S. Damian.
• The Cardinall of S. Adrian.
• [ E] The Cardinall of S. Gregorie.
• The Cardinall of S. Marie in the Greeke Schole.
• The Cardinall of Sancta Maria in Porticu.
• The Cardinall of S. Nicholas in the Tusculan Prison.
• The Cardinall of S. Ange.
• The Cardinall of S. Eustace.
• The Cardinall of S. Marie the Aegyptian.
• The Cardinall of S. Marie in the Broad-way.
• The Cardinall of S. Agathe.
• The Cardinall of S. Luce among the Images.
• [ F] The Cardinall of S. Quirice.

The Cardinalls which are Bishops sit neere vnto the Pope when he doth celebrat Fe∣••••i••all dayes: The Cardinalls Priests assist him when he saith Masse: and the Deacons ••••ire him, and serue him at the Altar.

Notes

• * 1.1

  A Sestier of wheat weighs 240 pounds: Some write it is twelue bushels.